+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT...

Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT...

Date post: 25-Feb-2018
Category:
Upload: dangdat
View: 224 times
Download: 7 times
Share this document with a friend
183
Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double- barrier heterostructures : theory and modeling Noteborn, H.J.M.F. DOI: 10.6100/IR396859 Published: 01/01/1993 Document Version Publisher’s PDF, also known as Version of Record (includes final page, issue and volume numbers) Please check the document version of this publication: • A submitted manuscript is the author's version of the article upon submission and before peer-review. There can be important differences between the submitted version and the official published version of record. People interested in the research are advised to contact the author for the final version of the publication, or visit the DOI to the publisher's website. • The final author version and the galley proof are versions of the publication after peer review. • The final published version features the final layout of the paper including the volume, issue and page numbers. Link to publication Citation for published version (APA): Noteborn, H. J. M. F. (1993). Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double-barrier heterostructures : theory and modeling Eindhoven: Technische Universiteit Eindhoven DOI: 10.6100/IR396859 General rights Copyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the public portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. • Users may download and print one copy of any publication from the public portal for the purpose of private study or research. • You may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain • You may freely distribute the URL identifying the publication in the public portal ? Take down policy If you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. Download date: 06. May. 2018
Transcript
Page 1: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double-barrier heterostructures : theory and modelingNoteborn, H.J.M.F.

DOI:10.6100/IR396859

Published: 01/01/1993

Document VersionPublisher’s PDF, also known as Version of Record (includes final page, issue and volume numbers)

Please check the document version of this publication:

• A submitted manuscript is the author's version of the article upon submission and before peer-review. There can be important differencesbetween the submitted version and the official published version of record. People interested in the research are advised to contact theauthor for the final version of the publication, or visit the DOI to the publisher's website.• The final author version and the galley proof are versions of the publication after peer review.• The final published version features the final layout of the paper including the volume, issue and page numbers.

Link to publication

Citation for published version (APA):Noteborn, H. J. M. F. (1993). Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double-barrier heterostructures : theoryand modeling Eindhoven: Technische Universiteit Eindhoven DOI: 10.6100/IR396859

General rightsCopyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the public portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright ownersand it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights.

• Users may download and print one copy of any publication from the public portal for the purpose of private study or research. • You may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain • You may freely distribute the URL identifying the publication in the public portal ?

Take down policyIf you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediatelyand investigate your claim.

Download date: 06. May. 2018

Page 2: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging
Page 3: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

QUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF

ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER

HETEROSTRUCTURES

theory and modeling

PROEFSCHRIFT

ter verkrijging van de graad van doctor aan de Technische Universiteit

Eindhoven, op gezag van de Rector Magnificus, prof. dr. J.H. van Lint, veer een

commissie aangewezen door het College van Dekanen in het openbaar te

verdedigen op vrijdag 7 mei 1993 om 14.00 uur

door

Henricus Joseph Maria Felicite Note born

geboren te Heerlen.

Orul<: Boek· en Olfse1Clrukkerij Letru. Helmond, 04920-37797

Page 4: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Dit proefschrift is goedgekeurd

door de promotoren

prof. dr. D. Lenstra

en

prof. dr. W. van Haeringen.

The work described in this thesis was carried out at the physics department of

the Eindhoven University of Technology and was part of a research program of

the 'Stichting voor Funda.menteel Onderzoek der Ma.terie' (FOM) which is

financially supported by the 'Nederla.ndse Organisa.tie voor Wetenscha.ppelijk

Onderzoek1 (NWO ).

Page 5: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

. .. hnqbh. ~h h~h dbr hnqbh. bC~d ...

hgrzn, 's 'l r;~, ~b~d slS 'mt lhn .. .. c ql 's q

r' 'l r;u. ki hit zdh bsr mimn ..... ubim h " " " . " ""

nqbh hkjf ht~bm, 'S lqrt r;~, grzn cz (g}rzn. ~}.~

hm~m mn hmjf~' 'l hbrkh bm'tim ;e'lp 'mh. jfm'

t 'mh hj_h gbh ~r cz r's ht~b{m} ...

... de tunnel. En dit was de zaak van de twine!. Terwijl ... /de houweel, een man tot z'n na.aste, en terwijl er drie ellen wa.ren om te worden doorb(oord werd gehoor)d de stem van een man roe- / pend tot z'n naaste. Want er was een resonantie in de rots aan de zuidkant ... En op de dag van de / tunnel sloegen de houwers, een man z'n naaste tegemoet, houweel tegen (hou)weel. Toen gin$en / de wateren vanuit het vertrekpunt naar het reservoir in tweehonderd en du1zend el. En hon- / derd el was de hoogte van de rots boven het hoofd van de houwer(s).

lnscriptie uit de Shiloah-tunnel van koning Hizkia (ca. 715-687 v.Chr.) te Jeruzalem, thans in het Museum van het oude oosten te. Istanboel; transliteratie en vertaling van de oudhebreeuwse tekst. Uit: K.A.D. Smelik, Behouden Schrijt, Ten Have, Baarn, 1984.

Page 6: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

aan Corine

Page 7: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

PREFACE

This thesis consists partly of new material and partly of published papers. This

set-up slightly sacrifies the systematics in favour of the diachrony of the

research. Thus the notation may differ slightly from one chapter to another.

Another consequence concerns the method of reference to the literature. In the

papers, references are indicated by numbers between square brackets [ ], and

listed at the end of the text. In the remaining sections, references and footnotes

are designated by superscripts, and given at the bottom of the page, thus

allowing a quick look-over. A general and complete list of references is added at

the end of the thesis. Gratefully I acknowledge friendship and support from the members of the

Theoretical Physics Group at the Physics Department of the Eindhoven

University of Technology. Three people I would like to thank in particular: my

two graduate students Guido van Tartwijk and Rene Keijsers for their valuable

contributions to the project; and Benny Joosten, who bas been a true colleague

and a good friend near by and far off.

Eindhoven, March, 1999 Harry Noteborn

v

Page 8: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

vi

Page 9: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

CONTENTS

chapter 1 General Introduction 1

1.1. Evolution of quantum devices 1 1.2. Double-barrier resonant tunneling 3 1.3. Modeling of DBRT structures: short survey 6 1.4. Modeling: present approach 11

1.5. Outline of the thesis 18

chapter 2 From Bloch to BenDaniel-Dnke 21

2.1. Introduction 21 2.2. Bloch waves in bulk materials 22 2.3. Envelope functions 24 2.4. Lowdin renormalization and effective mass 26 2.5. Kane model 27

2.6. Heterojunctions 33

chapter 3 Coherent Tunneling 41

3.1. Introduction 41 3.2. Transfer matrix approach 42 3.3. The resonance energy; dependence on barrier parameters 48 3.4. Current density expression 54 3.5. Chemical potential 59 3.6. Inelastic scattering in the Jonson-Grincwajg model 62

vii

Page 10: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

viii

chapter 4 The Self consistent Electron Potential

4.1. Introduction 4.2. Accumulation and depletion region

4.3. Selfconsistent study of double-barrier resonant­tunneling (Phys. Scripta T33, 1990)

chapter 5 Current Stability and Impedance of a DBRT-diode

5.1. Introduction 5.2. Stability of the selfconsistently determined current

in a double barrier resonant-tunneling diode (J. Appl. Phys. 10, 1991)

5.3. Alternative for the quantum-inductance model in resonant tunneling (Superlattices and Microstractures, 1993)

chapter 6 Effects of parallel and transverse magnetic fields

6.1. Introduction

6.2. Two-period magneto-oscillations in coherent double-barrier resonant tunneling (J. Phys.: Condens. Mattera, 1991)

6.3. Magneto-tunneling in double-barrier structures: the B.LJ configuration (J. Phys.: Con.dens. Matter4, 1992)

Evalna.tion and outlook

References

Summary

Samenvatting

List of publications

69

69

70

79

97

97

99

116

129

129

131

143

157

159

167

169

171

Page 11: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapter 1

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

1.1. The evolution of quantum devices

The last two decades have witnessed the revolutionary development of a new

class of electronics devices, the operation of which is directly controlled by

quantum phenomena such as tunneling. It has been the strong interplay between

technology and physics, theory and experiment, that has enabled the rapid

growth of this new field of quantum rnicrostructures1. One of these

semiconductor heterostructure devices that has attracted a lot of interest, is the

Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling (DBRT) diode, and the understanding of

its physics is the subject of this thesis.

The birth of what is now called "band gap engineering" is usually considered

to be the publication of the Tsu and Esaki papers on semiconductor superlattices

1The history of this development has been discussed by several authors, among which are pioneering workers. See e.g. L. Esaki, IEEE J. Quant. Electron. QE-22 (1986) 1611; F. Capasso, in: Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990; C. Weisbuch, in: Semiconductors and semimetals 24, ed. R. Dingle, San Diego: Academic Press, 1987; ch. 1.

1

Page 12: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

2 ChQ,pter 1

and negative differential conductivity2• The quantum-size effects envisioned in these papers were soon experimentally demonstrated in resonant tunneling,

superlattice transport and optical absorption measurements3•

A real breakthrough of nanostructure devices had to await the progress in

layer growth techniques. Both MBE (molecular beam epitaxy) and MOCVD (metal-organic chemical vapor deposition) matured in the seventies, emerging as

precisely controlled and well monitored growth processes with accuracy up to

one atomic layer. They have allowed the design and fabrication of various

structures, lattice-matched or with strain, type I or type II, from single interface to multiple quantum well and supperlattice, for parallel or vertical transport.

The artificial tayloring or engineering of quantum structures has led Esaki to

speak of "do it yourself quantum mechanics11 4.

An important class of quantum devices that emerged in the early eighties,

many of them denoted by acronyms as e.g. HEMT, MODFET, TEGFET and

SEED, exploits the formation of a 2DEG near a heterointerface. Besides this

technological application, heterostructures have been of important relevance to

the fundamental research on phenomena like the (integer and fractional) quantum Hall effect.

In many of the nanostructure--based devices that were realized in the

eighties, as e.g. the RHET (resonant-tunneling hot electron transistor), the

THETA (tunneling hot electron amplifier) and the RT-diode and RTBT

(resonant tunneling bipolar transistor), the phenomenon of resonant tunneling

plays a central role. Renewed interest in this phenomenon was triggered by the

terahertz experiment of Sellner et al in 19835 and by the discussions about intrinsic bistability in DBRT diodes6• Experiments were performed in magnetic

fields, new materials (GainAs/ AllnAs, Si/GeSi) were studied, different doping

2L. Esaki and R. TsuJ IBM J. Res. Develop. 14 (1970) 61; R. Tsu. and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 19 ll971) 246; -, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562. 3L.L. Chang, L. Esaki and R. Tsu, Ap_l?l. Phys. Lett. 24 (1974) 593; L. Esaki and L.L. Chang, Phys. Rev. Lett. 33 (1974) 495; R. Dingle, W. Wiegmann and C.H. Henry, Phys. Rev. Lett. 33 (1974) 827. 4L. Esaki, in: Proc. Srd Int. Symp. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Tokyo: Phys. Soc. Jap., 1990; p.369. 5T.C.L.G. Sellner, W.D. Goodhue, P.E. Tannenwald, C.D. Parker and D.O. Peck, Appl. Phys. Lett 43 (1983) 588.

sv.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58 (1987) 1256.

Page 13: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 3

types investiga.ted7.

Finally the development of quantum interference semiconductor devices is

mentioned. Advances in nanolithogra.phy have ma.de it possible to build

semiconductor structures of low dimensionality, the physics of which reveal analogies between optics and micro-electronicss. In all fields of the quantum

device physics there can be observed an ongoing development in technology,

experiment and theory.

1.2. Double-Ba.uier Resonant Tunneling

Quantummechanical tunneling, or barrier penetration, is a. subject encountered

in a.11 textbooks on quantum mechanics. Most often this paradigm is treated in

the chapter on one-dimensional problems, a.t the beginning of the book9• It is a

standard example for showing how classical common sense is overtaken by

quantummechanical reasoning. Nuclear alpha decay is often used to give the

mathematical exercise some physical meaning.

Also double-barrier tunneling is encountered in textbooks a.s early as 1951,

when Bohm's Quantum Theory10 appeared. There the interest is in the resonant,

virtual and metastable states, treated within the WKB- approximation. A

connection between resonant tunneling and solid state physics was ma.de in the

book by Duke in 196911, reviewing the tunneling in solids.

In the same year, Esa.ki and Tsu put forward their proposal of an engineered

7E.g. GalnAs/AllnAs: S.Ben Amor, K.P. Martin, J.J.L. Rasco!, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potter, A.A. Lakhani and H.Hier, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 1908; S. Ben Amor, J.J.L. Rascal, K.P. Martin, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potier and :fl. Hier, Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) 7860; L.A. Cury, A. Celeste, B. Goutiers, E. Ranz, J.C. Portal, D.L. Sivco, A.Y. Cho, Superlattices and Microstructures 1 (1990) 415. For Si/GexSi1.u see: H.C. Liu, D. Landheer, M. Buchanan and D.C. Houghton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1809; S.S. Rhee, J.S. Park, R.P.G. Karunasiri, Q. Ye and K.L. Wang, Appl. Phys. Lett. 53 (1988) 204; For p-type DBRT structure, see: R.K. Hayden, D.K. Maude, L. Eaves, E.C. Vala.dares, M. Henini, F.W. Sheard, O.H. Hughes, J.C. Portal and L. Cury, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991) 1749. 8W. van Haeringen and D. Lenstra eds., Analogies in optics and micro­electronics, Kluwer, 1990; -, Proc. Int. Symp. Analogies in optics and micro-electronics, North-Holland, 1991. 9See e.g. S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum physics, New York: Wiley, 1981; ch. 5. 10D. Bohm, Quantum Theory, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1951; ch. 9. uc.B. Duke, Tunneling in solids, Solid State Phys. Suppl. ,10, New York: Academic, 1969; ch. x.

Page 14: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

4 Chapter 1

semiconductor superlatticel2. This initiated a research on semiconductor

quantum structure design, which resulted in the first experimental observation

of resonant tunneling in a GaAs-AlGaAs double-barrier heterostructure by

Chang et al. in 197413. After a calm ten years, the work of Sollner and coworkers

in 198314 initiated an outburst of publications on design, experiment and

modeling of resonant tunneling heterostructures.

The structure studied by Chang et al. was of the compositional type, making

use of the fact that different semiconductor materials have different band gaps.

At each interface between a layer of material A (e.g. GaAs) and one of material

B (e.g. AlxGa1.xAs), there is a conduction band discontinuity that serves as a

potential step to the conduction electrons15• Thus a simple two-terminal

double-barrier structure (DBS) consists of the following layers (see Fig.1): a

central layer of material A, called the well; two sandwiching layers of material

B, called the barriers; in turn sandwiched between heavily doped contact layers

of material A, termed emitter and collector18. The thicknesses of the central

layers are typically several nanometers.

The function of the doped layers is to provide a Fermi sea of electrons; a

donor density of 1011 .. 1ou/cm3 corresponds .to a Fermi energy of about 10-50

meV. The function of the well is to define a narrow quasi-bound or resonant

state; a 5 nm wide GaAs well supports a resonance energy of 84 meV, while a

second resonance is found at 310 meV. Applying a bias voltage between collector

12In an IBM Research Note RC-2418 (1969) by L. Esaki and R. Tsu, Superlattice and negative conductivity in semiconductors, refered to by L. Esaki, in: Proc. 3rd Int. Symp. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Tokyo: Phys. Soc. Jap., 1990; p.369. 13L.L. Chang, L. Esaki and R. Tsu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 24 (1974) 593. 14T.C.L.G. Sollner, W.D. Goodhue, P.E. Tannenwald, C.D. Parker and D.O. Peck, Appl. Phys. Lett 43 (1983) 588. . 15In the same way, the valence band discontinuity is a barrier to the holes. Whether tunneling is by electrons or by holes, depends on the type of doping in the contact layers. Both types of tunneling have now been observed. For holes see e.g. E.E. Mendez, W.I. Wang, B. Ricco and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985) 415. We will concentrate on electron tunneling, which implies n-type doping. 18In some structures the contact layers are separated from the barriers by undoped spacer layers; see H.M. Yoo, S.M. Goodnick and J.R. Arthur, Appl. Phys. Lett. 56 (1990) 84. Sometimes medium doped buffer layers are added; see: L. Eaves, E.S. Alves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Lea~beater, C.A. Paylii:g, F.W. Sheard, G.A. Toombs, A. Celeste, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, m: High magnetic fields in semiconductor physics II, ed. G. Landwehr, Berlin: Springer, 1989, p.324.

Page 15: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introd'UCtion 5

Fig.1.1

Ohmic contact

u-Al(Ga)As barrier t::===j-- u-GaAs well u-Al(Ga)As barrier

n+ GaAs substrate

Ohmic contact

Cross-sectional view of DBRT diode/not to scale). Typical mesa diameter "' 5 µm. Typical widths: o contact layers "' 1 µm, of undoped (= u-)layers"' 5 nm.

and emitter tilts the potential profile, see Fig. 2, and lowers the resonance energy with respect to the emitter band edge. Thus above a certain voltage, say

V10 , the resonance channel is accessible to electrons from the Fermi sea, that can

now carry a substantial particle current from emitter to collector {and an

electrical current in opposite direction). At higher voltages the resonance level is

pulled below the emitter band edge, and the channel is blocked. Thus above V up

all. current is due to off-resonance tunneling corresponding to much lower

transmission probability. At Yup there is therefore a steep descent in the current

and a negative peak in the differential conductance of the DBRT diode. This

negative differential conductance {NDC) makes the DBRT diode into a very

interesting electronic component, promissing possible application in amplifiers,

transistors, mixers, detectors and oscillators.

Also for the theorist, the DBRT structure represents an interesting challenge, its physics involving coherent wave propagation, space charge in the well and

contact layers, transport in an nonequilibrium open system, hot-electron effects,

and scattering. With regard to all this, the DBRT diode is very properly called17

17D.K. Ferry, in: Physics of quantum electron de'llices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990; p. 77.

Page 16: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

6

Fig.1.2

Chapter 1

v Operation principle of DBRT diode. Left: conduction band driagrams at three different bias volta!f_es. Dashed areas indicate Fermi seas, line in the weU indicates first resonance. In upward direction: the resonance is brought in and out of tune with the emitter Fermi sea. Right: the corresponding point ( o) in the I - V characteristic.

the 11fruit fly11 for quantum studies of device dynamics.

1.3. Modeling of DBRT stmctures: short survey

Modeling of DBSs and other quantum structures has concentrated on the

computation of the current-voltage (I-V) characteristics of these devices. A voltage difference V between collector and emitter induces an electric current I

due to electrons tunneling through the ha.triers from emitter to collector. Two

main approaches to calculating the tunneling current have been developed. The

first one (called the coherent-tunneling (CT) picturelB) i& based on the

calculation of the transmission coefficient for. the full structure, regarding the

18Already in: R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562. See also: B. Ricco and M.Ya.. Azbel, Phys. Rev. B 29 (1984) 1970; H. Obnishi, T. lnata, S. Muto, N. Yokoyama and A. Shibatomi, Appl. Phys. Lett. 49 (1986) 1248; and E.E. Mendez, in: Physics and applications of quantum wells and superlattices, eds. E.E. Mendez and K. von Klitzing, New York: Plenum, 1987, p. 159. This thesis adheres to this CT picture.

Page 17: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 7

tunneling from emitter to collector as one coherent wave propagation. This

transmission coefficient as a function of the energy of the incoming electron

shows a sharp peak at energy Eres of width r < Eres· For a symmetric structure having barriers of equal width the peak. height is unity. The CT description is a

truly wave-mechanical approach to tunneling: the resonance is due to multiple

reflections of electron waves in the well, wherefore the DBRT structure is

sometimes called the electronic analogue of the Fabry-Perot interferometer in opticsts. Though extendible to cover time-dependent tunneling2° or elastic

interface roughness21, the method has its limitations when inelastic scattering or

many-body effects come into play. Its strong points are the computational

feasibility and the relative ease with which new concepts can be incorporated. A more detailed account of the CT approach, which is the basis of the present

study, will be presented in the next section.

The second approach (the sequential-tunneling (ST) picture22) considers the

tunneling as two separate and subsequent processes, from emitter to well and from well to collector. The approach goes back to an argument of Luryi23,

explaining the NDR as solely due to tunneling of electrons from three­

dimensional states in the emitter to two-dimensional states in the well. No

coherence of the wave function is required in this reasoning. This qualitative argument can be made quantitative by using the tunneling-Hamiltonian

method, a well known approach in the field of superconductivity24. Let us give a

brief sketch of this approach following Payne25• The first step is to replace the

19See e.g. L. Eaves, in: Analogies in optics and micro-electronics, eds. W. van Haeringen and D. Lenstra, Kluwer, 1990, p.227. 20H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 453. 21H.C. Liu and D.D. Coon, J. Appl. Phys. 64 (1988) 6785.

22F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1228; L. Eaves, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, in: Band structure engineering in semiconductor microstructures, eds. R.A. Abram and M. Jaros, NATO-ASI, 1989; S.M. Booker, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Superlattices and Microstructures 9 {1991) 111; V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E .. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. B 35 (1987) 9387. 21s. Luryi, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985) 490;

24L. Solymar, Superconductive tunnelling and applications, London: Chapman and Hall, 1972; ch. 2. 25M.C. Payne, J. Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 19 (1986) 1145. See also: T. Weil and B. Vinter, Appl. Phys. Lett. 50 (1987) 1281; G.A. Toombs and F.W. Sheard in: Electronic properties of multilayers and low-dimensional semiconductor structures (Proc. NATO-AS!), New York: Plenum, 1990.

Page 18: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

8 Chapter 1

one Hamiltonian for the full double-barrier structure by three Hamiltonians for

the emitter, the well and the collector separately. In the Hamiltonian for the

well, the barriers are made infinitely wide, so that the well becomes a true well

with a bound (in stead of a resonant) state. The current from emitter to well

(and mutatis mutandis from well to collector) is now considered to result from

electron transitions from emitter states to the bound state in the well, calculated

from the Fermi Golden Rule:

Here, Pe(Eb) and fe(Eb) are the density of states and the Fermi function for the

emitter evaluated at the bound state energy Eb. In the same way, Pw = 1 and fw

are the density of states and the occupancy for the well. The matrix element

Me-w for the transition from 'l/Je(z) to 'l/Jw(z) can be calcutated according to

Bardeen's prescription26:

to be evaluated at any z inside the emitter barrier. The wave functions 'l/Je(z) and

'l/Jw(z) are the eigenfunctions at energy Eb of the Hamiltonians for the

disconnected subsystems. Since both functions decay exponentially inside the

barrier, Me-w will depend exponentially on the barrier width b. A complete

calculation yields for the transition probability per unit time, We-w=

where w is the well width, and k1i i11:2, k3 and i11:4 are the (real and imaginary)

local wavenumber in the emitter, emitter barrier, well and collector barrier,

respectively27. In the last factor of this expression a well-known approximation

for the transmission probability P 1(Eb) of a thick barrier can be recognized28 , so

26J. Bardeen, Phys. Rev. Lett. 6 (1961) 57. 27This expression is more general than Payne's Eq.(18), since his requirement that k1=k3=k5, 11:2=11:4 is unnecessary and, in the case of a biased structure, incorrect. 28Any t.ext book on quantum mechanics, e.g. S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum physics, New York: Wiley, 1981; p. 85.

Page 19: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 9

that we find that:

hka/m p (E) 10e-w !i:I 2(w+l/K2+ 1 /x4)' 1 b

In the same way, we find for the current from the well to the collector:

in self-explanatory notation. The steady;tate occupancy of the bound state is

obtained from the .condition that Je-w = Jw-c=

which yields a steady;ta.te current J0 of:

This one-dimensional result ca.n easily be generalized to 3D, in which case the

Fermi-Dirac functions fe and fc are to be replaced by Fermi-Dirac integrals. The

important point however remains that J0 ,. ~e-w ~ tDw-c , and that all probabilities f.l.:.W '°w-C

must be evaluated at the bound-state energy J:!jb·

In the next section, we will see that the CT approach yields a. current density

expression, that is very similar to the ST result given above. The slight

difference is related to the fa.ct that the bound-state energy Eb differs from the

true resonance energy Eres• and to the fact that the proportionality of We-w to

P 1(Eres) is only approximate. However, for the usual structure parameters these theoretical differences have no numerical consequences. Hence, the CT and ST

pictures yield the same I-V chara.cteristic29 for the experimenta.lly relevant cases.

And the shortcoming of coherent tunneling that it predicts too large pea.k-to­

va.lley ratios30 is not remedied by a. mere switchover to the sequential approach. The accordance of the CT and ST models is perhaps not as surprising as it

may seem. Of course, the unity transmission probability of CT cannot be

29Payne (1986), and Weil and Vinter (1987); but in fa.ct already in Solymar (1972), p. 24. 3op, Gueret, C. Rossel, W. Schlup and H.P. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1987) 4312.

Page 20: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

10 Chapter 1

reproduced in the sequential approach, where the coupling between the well and

the electrodes has to be small in order for the Fermi Golden Rule to be

applicable. However, as will be seen in the next section, not the peak height but the area under the peak is the relevant quantity in the current calculations. And

since the distribution of incoming energies is much broader than the peak width

r, the total transmission is small, and the tunneling-Hamiltonian approximation

valid. Furthermore, the (inelastic) scattering of tunneling electrons, that is assumed in the sequential reasoning, is not taken into account explicitly in the

tunneling-Hamiltonian calculations. In fact, the sequential aspect refers to the

coupling of the structure to the electrodes that serve as reservoirs31, rather than

to some scattering mechanism in the well or the barriers. And from this point of view, the CT and the ST pictures are divided on the where and how of the

coupling between structure and reservoirs, rather than on the (in)coherence of

the electron wavefunciions. The tunneling-Hamiltonian method of ST is a

convenient way of describing the coupling, but can only be applied inside the

barriers, where the wavefunction is small. For situations in which the coherence

length exceeds the structure length, a different description has to be considered.

On the other hand, a realistic description of the physics of a DBRT diode will

include explicitly some actual scattering processes (interface roughness, alloy, impurity, phonon, etc.). Then, both the CT or ST models described above can

serve as a starting point for further study. In such descriptions tunneling will

always be partly coherent and partly sequential i.e. scattering-assisted or

-hampered. An advantage of the sequential-tunneling model may be the fact that it is easily extendible to non-stationary state situations32.

In addition to the CT and ST models, a third approach, using the Wigner

distribution function or the density matrix, has to be mentioned 33. The Wigner

function is a Fourier-transformed density matrix, written in a mixed

representation of both position and momentum. Though not positive definite in

31Conducta.nce between reservoirs conceived as a transmission problem was proposed by Landauer; for a review, see: R. Landauer, in: Analogies in optics and micro-electronics, eds. W. van Haeringen and D. Lenstra, Kluwer, 1990; p. 243. The coupling of the transmittive structure to the reservoirs is not a trivial matter, and deserves more attention in the literature than given to it hitherto. 32F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Solid-State Electron. 32 (1989) 1443.

aaw.R. Frensley, Phys. Rev. ~ 36 (1987) 1570; -, Ap 1. Phys. Lett. 51 (1987) 448~· N.C. Kluksda.hl, A.M. Knman, D.K. Ferry and C. fer, Phys. Rev. :a 39 1989 7720; R.-J.E. Jansen, B. Farid and M.J. Kell hysica B 175 (1991) 49; . ~izuta and C.J. Goodings, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991) 3739; K.L. Jensen and F.A. Buot, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991) 1078.

Page 21: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 11

all phase space, the Wigner function is the closest parallel to the classical

distribution function, that quantum mechanics ha.a to offer. Consequently, many

results of classical transport theory can be transferred to a Wigner-function

based quantum transport theory. This approach is troubled by several problems,

one of them being the proper choice of a basis set of functions for evaluating the

Wigner function. Another problem is the proper boundary conditions that

describe an ohmic contact in a quantum system. Connected with this matter are

the difficulties of introducing dissipation in quantum transport. Because of these

theoretical problems, in conjunction with the computational complexity of the

method, the Wigner-function approach is still far from being completed.

Finally we mention the studies of resonant tunneling using a Green's function

formalism34, combined with transfer or tight-binding Hamiltonian, Feynman

path integral theory or otherwise. They have been able to include into the

description all kinds of scattering mechanisms, from elastic .interface roughness

to inelastic electron-phonon interaction. In all cases, restriction to one- or two­

dimensional systems, or to the use of simplified interaction models is necessary

to keep the numerical computation feasible. The use of the transfer Hamiltonian

method places these studies in the sequential camp.

The future of quantum structure theory and modeling is to be sought in a

complementing of, rather than a competition between, the above methods.

1.4. Modeling: present approach

In this section, the spirit of the present study is outlined: starting from a

. coherent-tunneling description of the DBRT structure, a number of simple and

easily interpretable rules-of-thumb are derived. As an example of our method, a

clear expression for the peak current is presented. In the proces, we will calculate

Ww-ci the rate of decay of charge stored in the well into collector states, which in

the ST picture is given byH:

34L. Brey, G. Platero and C. Tejedor, Phis. Rev. B 38 (1988) 10507; G. Platero, L. Brey and C. Tejedor, Phys. Rev. B 40 l1989) 8548; J. Leo and A.H. MacDonald, Phys. Rev. Lett. 64 (1990) 817; H.A. Fertig and S. Das Sarma, Phys. Rev. B 40 (1989) 7410; H.A. Fertig, S. He and S. Das Sarma, Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) 3596; L.Y. Chen and C.S. Ting, Phys. Rev. B 43 (1991) 2097; X. Wu and S.E. Ulloa, Phys. Rev. B 44 (1991) 13148. 35F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1228.

Page 22: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

12 Chapter 1

(1.1)

where w is the well width, vb: v'{2~/m} is the velocity of the boUnd state in

the well, m is the effective mass of the well material, and P 2(~) is the

transmission probability of the collector barrier.

In CT this decay rate is evaluated as follows 3B. Both the (z-component of the

electrical) current density J and the (areal) charge density in the well ct are

written as a sum over incident states, labeled by a wavevector k and Fermi-Dirac distributed over energy:

J = 2e I 2!'u(1Pk*Vth:--'¢kV1/Jit);f(E1t) It

ct = 2e l J dz (th: *th:) · f(E1t) It well

(1.2)

Assuming that the tunneling is quasi-ID: 'lh:(r) = "°k (r11 )·xk (z) where the ' . d" ul h b . . h' II z z-a.xis is perpen ic ar tot e a.rners, we rewrite t is as:

(1.3)

where /J = 1/k8 T is the inverse temperature and Er is the Fermi level of the

reservoir. The zero-order Fermi-Dirac integral -'Q(x) equals ln(l+exp(x)). The

last factor in both equations is the 2D channel density at finite temperature,

obtained from integrating the Fermi-Dirac distribution over the parallel

wavevector kn. A parabolic conduction band is assumed. Since the main

contribution to the sum over kz comes from states with E(kz) ::: Eres• the only

states that can penetrate substantially into the well and collector, this channel

density can be approximated by its value at the resonance energy, and placed in

front of the summation:

36A more detailed account can be found in H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta T33 (1990) 219, which is reproduced in this thesis (Sect. 4.4).

Page 23: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 13

(1.4)

In this scheme the quotient J / <1 does not depend on temperature or Fermi level,

or the lateral motion, but is determined solely by the lD resonant state. The

current density can be evaluated at any position, the easiest being the collector

where the wavefunction reads:

where r is the transmission amplitude, kz" is the local wavenumber (this

component of the wavevector is not conserved), and L some normalization

length. Substitution in (1.4) yields:

J = 211"1i1~;i1p .5b(P(Er-Eresn J dE P(E) (1.5)

where P = (kz" /kz)· I rl 2 is the transmission probability, and the integration of

P is over the (first) resonance. In the same way, the charge density can be evaluted: in the well, the wavefunction is:

where r 2 and p2 are the transmission and reflection amplitude of the second

barrier, and kz' is the local wavenumber in the well. Again, substituting this in

(1.4) we find:

where P 2 = (kz" /k7.') • I r 212 and R2 = I p2 I 2 = ( 1 - P 2) are the transmission and reflection probability of the second barrier, evaluated at the resonance energy. In

writing (l+R2)/P2 we have neglected cross terms. Combination of (1.5) and

(1.6) yields (cf. (1.1)):

Page 24: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

14 Chapter 1

(1.7)

provided that P 2 < 1. From the derivation of (1. 7) it can be seen that this decay

rate is independent of the exact shape of the transmission peak P(E), as long as

its width r < Er < Eres· The current and charge densities can be evaluated further, by substituting for P(E) the expression37:

that for sma.11 P11 P2 describes a peak at ct(E) = 0. We obtain:

(1.8)

where a' is dct{Eres)/dE. Again, for sma.11 P 11P 2 this reads:

(1.9)

This CT expression for the current density is just as easily interpreted

"sequentially": the current is proportional to the probability of a.n electron

having energy Eres to reach the collector, which is the product of the probability to cross the first barrier, P 1> times the probability to leave the well through the

second barrier, P2/(P1+P2). The only difference here between CT and ST is in

the calculation of Eresi where CT does, and ST does not, take into account the

leakage of the resonant state out of the well. In the case of not too thin barriers, however, this difference is negligible.

The conductance of the DBRT structure is obtained from differentiating the

current expression (1.5) with respect to the bias voltage Vb. In (1.5) both the

resonance energy Eres and the integral J dE P(E) depend on the bias voltage. In good approximation, Eres is constant with respect to the band edge in the well.

H a linear potential profile is assumed between emitter and collector, Eres is

linear in Vb. For a symmetric structure, i.e. a structure with barriers of equal

37Derived in ch. 3.

Page 25: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 15

1.0

0.05

i - 'J .J ir' o.s

o.oo

0.0 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.00 0.10 0.20

v. (V) V,,(V) 0.04 6

+ ...

5

0.03

i 4

i .... s :I 0.02 & :i: -~ .... .,

2

0.01

0.00 1...-~~~~...._~~~..____J

0.00

Fig.1.3

0.10 0.20 0.1 0.2 o.s

v. (V) v.cv>

Calculations for a symmetric GaAs-AZxGa1_xAs DBRT diode {x=O.SS, b-w-b=5-5-5nm}, assuming a linear potential drop across the undoped layers. Contact doping is 5· 1011/cm3, {a) Resonance energy {with respect to the emitter conduction band} vs. bias voltage. {b} Ma:r:imum transmission probablity vs. bias voltage. Dashed line: the square-root appro:r:ima:tion of Eq.(1.12). (c} Half width at half ma:r:imum {HWHM} or resonance width r vs. bias. Dashed line: r-value at zero bias. { d} Current density. J vs. bias at two different temperatures. The + indicates the simplified appro:r:imation {1.1S} to the current maximum.

Page 26: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

16 Chapter 1

width, this dependence is simply:

(1.10)

where E1 is the (first) resonance energy of the unbiased structure, depending

only on the structure parameters. From Fig. 1.3a where the numerically

determined Eres(Vb) is plotted, it is seen that (1.10) is indeed a good

approximation. At zero temperature, resonant current is possible when 0 <

Eres(Vb) <Er, or, in terms of Vb:

(1.11)

Hence, the width of the current peak in the I-V characteristic is of the order of

2Erfe. The integral J dE P(E) is written as rrPmax• where r and Pmax are the

width and height of the transmission peak. This expression, exact in the case of

a Lorentzian peak, approximates the integral quite well38• r is roughly

independent of the bias voltage, but Pmax has a square-root behaviour near eVb

= 2E1:

(1.12)

where a is a constant of the order of 1. Both r and Pmax are plotted in Fig. 1.3

as a function of Vb·

Substituting (1.10) and (1.12) in (1.5), we obtain an explicit expression for

J(Vb), which function turns out to have a maximum Jp:

(1.13)

and to yield an average negative conductance Gn of39:

38Derived in ch. 3. 39Cf. D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 49 (1986) 94.

Page 27: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 17

Fig.1.4

7.0 4.2 K

I .., 8.5 -Q

.9

8.0

-2.00 -1.75 ·1.50 ·1.25

Log(EJ

Logarithm of current density ma=mum (in A/m2) vs. logarithm of Fermi energy (in e V}. Dots correspond to different contact doping densities. The slope of the regression line is 1.555.

(1.14)

In particular, (1.13) predicts that Jp N Er3/2. Calculations for the structure of

Fig. 1.3, shown in Fig. 1.4, yield a.n exponent of 1.555, in reasonable agreement

with (1.13).

One of the approximations in the derivation of (1.13-14) ha.s been shown to

be too drastic: the linear potential profile, which leaves out all space charge

effects in the emitter a.nd collector electrode a.nd in the well, cannot reproduce

the correct voltage scale•0• Thus a. prerequisite for a.n adequate DBRT model is a.

description of these space charge effects on the electron potential. Furthermore,

the effect of the nonresona.nt tunneling, small with respect to Jp but significant

where Gn is concerned, is not ta.ken into account. Nevertheless, (1.13-14)

4DSee e.g. M. Ca.hay, M. McLennan, S. Datta. a.nd M.S. Lundstrom, Appl. Phys. Lett. 50 (1987) 612; cf. N. Yokoyama., S. Muto, H. Ohnishi, K. Imamura., T. Mori and T. fna.ta, in: Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990, p. 253.

Page 28: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

18 Chapter 1

provide us with a first understanding of the determinant factors in calculating

the DBRT I-V characteristics.

1.5. Outline of the thesis

From the discussion in the previous section, it is not surprising that part of this

thesis deals with the modelling of space charge effects in a DBRT structure. In Chapter 4, both the charge accumulation and depletion in the electrodes and the

electrostatic feedback due to charge storage in the well are studied. The latter

charge build-up is responsible for the intrinsic bista.bility in the I-V

characteristic of the DBRT diode. The discussion of this phenomenon is presented in the form of the paper published in Physica Scripta T33 (1990) 219.

In Chapter 3 the coherent-tunneling method is described, with special

emphasis on the determination of the position and width of the transmission

peak. As can be seen from (1.13), these quantities E1 and r, together with the

Fermi energy Er, are important to the current scale in the I-V characteristic.

The high estimates in CT for the peak-to-valley ratio are discussed . in

connection with a simplified method to take into account the effect of scattering

within the structure. Chapters 3 and 4 then contain the presentation of our

model for the DBRT structure, and thus form the kernel of this thesis.

The theoretical background for the simple wavemechanical approach to

tunneling in semiconductors is provided in Chapter 2. A rigorous derivation of

the SchrOdinger-like equation for tunneling electrons is out of the question. Only a didactical presentation of the commonly accepted model for heterostructures is

to be expected.

The second part of this. thesis ( Chs. 5 and 6) describes some applications of the DBRT model developed in Chapters 3 and 4. It is based on four previously

published papers. In Chapter 5 we discuss the stability of the current solutions

obtained from the static model, its relation to the DBRT impedance and the

equivalent circuit that describes the diode. Here the charging of the well offers

an alternative explanation for the low cut-off frequency, that is sometimes

ascribed to a quantum-inducta.nce41• Chapter 6 covers the application of

quantizing magnetic fields, both perpendicular and parallel to the barriers. In

the former configuration, magneto-oscillations in the current provide direct

41E.R. Brown, C.D. Parker and T.C.L.G. Sollner, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 934.

Page 29: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

General Introduction 19

evidence for the charge build-up in the structure. The latter configuration,

theoretically more complicated, necessitates a distinction between (what Eaves

et al.42 have called) 1traversing1 and 'skipping' resonant states.

An evaluation of the DBRT model presented and an outlook on possible

developments and applications conclude the thesis.

421. Eaves, E.S. Alves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, C.A. Payling, F.W. Sheard, G.A. Toombs, A. Celeste, J.C. Porta.I, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, in: High magnetic fields in semicond'UCtor physics II, ed. G. Landwehr, Berlin: Springer, 1989, p.324.

Page 30: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

20 Chapter 1

Page 31: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapter2

FROM BLOCH TO BENDANIEL-DUKE

2.1. Introduction

DBRT structures a.re commonly ma.de of III-V semiconductorst, the most

important of which are the compounds of 13Al, 31Ga and 49In (III), and 15P, 33As

and 51Sb (V). Well-known binary materials a.re Ga.As, InAs and AISb, while also

ternary (AlxGa1.xAs) and even quaternary (Gaxin1.xAs1P1•1) solutions are used. The III-V compounds crystallize in the zinc-blende structure, which consists of

two interpenetrating fee lattices, one occupied by the III-a.toms and one by the

V-atoms, and displaced from each other by a quarter diagonal2. The first

Brillouin zone of the reciprocal (bee) lattice is a truncated octahedron. High

symmetry points a.re indicated by r, L (111), X (001) etc. Although global description of the dispersion relations over the whole Brillouin zone a.re available

(e.g. tight binding), for most semiconductor electronic proporties a local

1For an overview of the material properties of the III/V semiconductors, see Landolt-Bornstein New Series 1Il/17a, Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 1982. 2C. Kittel, Quantum theory of solids, New York: Wiley, 1963.

21

Page 32: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

22 Chapter 2

description of the band structure suffices.

In many resonant-tunneling structures, only a small interval around the r point comes into play. In some structures a second valley may be of importance3•

If electron tunneling is considered, we can further restrict ourselves to the

conduction band. For the description of such heterostructures, the effective mass

approximation (EMA) is the most common and widely used approach4 5 s.

In this chapter we sketch a route through band structure theory leading us

from Bloch states in bulk material to the BenDaniel-Duke model in EMA for

heterostructures. The emphasis will be on the approximations needed to end up

at the simple heterostructure model. Many side-issues, however interesting,

remain unmentioned, and difficult derivations are perforce treated without rigor

or detail. A didactical treatment is aimed at, giving insight in the merits and

limitations of the methods and models that are discussed.

2.2. Bloch waves in bulk materials

A crystal is a complex system of nuclei and electrons, exerting electro-magnetic

forces on each other. The electrons can be divided into core and valence

electrons: the latter are important in electrical transport, while the former plus

the nuclei are considered as ions. The many-body Hamiltonian describing the

crystal energy consists of kinetic energy terms for the ions and (valence)

electrons, and potential energy terms, taken into account the interionic,

electron~lectron and electron-:-ion interaction.

Since for most semiconductors the ion mass M is about a factor of 104-lQS

greater than the electron mass m0, it is not too drastic an approximation, if

terms of the order m0/M in the Hamiltonian are neglected. In this so-called

adiabatic approximation 1 the total wavefunction can be written as a product of a

wavefunction for all ions, and an electronic wavefunction, and the SchrOdinger

equation for the crystal splits into a purely ionic and a purely electronic

3E.E. Mendez, E. Calleja and W.I. Wang, Phys. Rev. B 34 (1986) 6026. 4S.R. White and L.J. Sham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 47 (1981) 879. 5G. Bastard, Phys. Rev .. B 24 (1981) 5693; Phys. Rev. B 25 (1982) 7584.

6M. Altarelli, Phys. Rev. B 28 (1983) 842.

7B.K. Ridley, Quantum processes in semiconductors, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988.

Page 33: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Duke 23

equation.

If in the Sclu:Odinger equation for the electrons the fluctuating part of the

electron-electron interaction is disregardedt the electronic wavefunction can be

written as a Slater determinant of one-electron functions. Each electron is then

regarded as an independent particle moving in the potential of the ions. All

organized or collective effects are now out of reach. For low temperatures the

vibrations of the ions around their equilibrium positions are small, and the

potential energy in the one-electron Schrodinger equation is essentially periodic.

Thus the electronic band structure of a crystal is obtained from the

single-particle Sclu:odinger equation:

[ 2£: + V(r)] Vi{r) = E Vi(r) (2.1)

where V(r) is the ionic potential, having the same periodicity as the ion lattice.

As usual, p is the momentum operator (h/i)V of the electron. The solutions of

(2.1) can be written in Bloch formB:

1/ln1h) =ii exp(ik·r) Un1h) (2.2)

where Unt(r) is a periodic function with the same periodicity as V(r). A Bloch state 1/lnt(r) can thus be labelled by a discrete band index n and a wave vector k,

restricted to the first Brillouin zone. If the Unt'S a.re normalized over the unit

cell (volume 0 0) to 0 0, the Bloch states are normalized over the whole crystal

(volume 0) to unity. Inserting (2.2) in (2.1) yields an equation for the functions

Unt:

(2.3)

or:

(2.4)

where H0 is the crystal Hamiltanian of (2.1), the eigenfunctions of which are Uno=

Ho Uno = Eno Uno·

8See e.g. W. Jones and N.H. March, Theoretical solid state physics, Vol. I, New York: Dover Publications, 1973.

Page 34: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

24 Chapter 2

2.3. Envelope funclions

If a perturbing non-periodic (but local) potential U(r) is added to (2.1) (describing impuritiesi external fields, etc.), the wave function 1/J(r) can be

expanded in terms of the Bloch waves (2.2):

1/J(r) = l A11(k) Wnk(r) nk

since these functions form a complete orthonormal set. A set of slightly different

functions Xnk(r) = ~ exp(ik·r) u110(r) using the periodic Bloch functions at the

r point k = 0 works equally well, and turns out to be advantageous when

focussing on this special point9• In stead of k = 0 any k0 in the first Brillouin zone

can be chosen, which would however only burden the notation. With this set we

write the wavefunction as:

1/J(r) = l A11(k) Xnk(r) = l A11(k) ~ exp(ik·r) u11o(r) (2.5) nk nk

or, defining coefficients f11 (r):

as:

f11(r) = l A11(k) ~ exp(ik·r) k

1/J(r) = l f11(r) u11o(r) n

(2.6)

(2.7)

The coefficients f11(r) of (2.6) are termed "envelope functions": they vary slowly

and smoothly with position, contrary to the strongly :fluctuating Bloch functions

u110(r). From the SchrOdinger equation for 1/J(r):

[ 2£: + V(r) + U(r)] 1/J(r) = f 1/J(r) (2.8)

we can obtain an equation for A11(k) in (2.5)10:

9J.M. Luttinger and W. Kohn, Phys. Rev. 97 (1954) 869.

10J. Cuypers and W. van Haeringen, Physica B 168 (1991) 58.

Page 35: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Duke

+ l l Bnm(K) l U{k'-k-K)Am(k') = 0 ][ m k'

where Pnm is the momentum matrix element:

Pnm =fro J d3r Uno*(r) ~ Umo(r) ,

no

K is a reciprocal lattice vector, Bnm(K) is the matrix element:

Bnm(K) =fro J d3r Uno*(r) exp(iK·r) Umo(r) ,

no

25

(2.9)

and U( q) =ft J d3r U(r) exp(ik·r) is the Fourier coefficient of U(r).

n Using the definition (2.6), we rewrite (2.9) in terms of the envelope function

fn(r):

+ l l Bnm(K) J d3r' A(r-r' )exp(iK· r' )U(r' )fm(r') = 0 (2.10) ][ m

where A(r-r'): ft l exp(ik·r) is a sharply peaked function11• With (2.10) we hav k

succeeded in getting rid of the fluctuating part Uno(r), at the cost, however, of

having to deal with a non-local equation. Fortunately, (2.10) allows for a local

approximation in the case of gentle, slowly varying potentials U(r). If in (2.9)

U(q) is only appreciable for small lql, and if the corresponding Am(q+k+K) is

negligible for K # 0, then we can in (2.10) approximate A(r-r') by a Dirac-6

and restrict the summation to K = 0, obtaining:

11See also M.G. Burt, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 3 (1988) 739.

Page 36: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

26 Chapter B

(Eno+ 2£: + U(r)- f)fn(r) + l Pnm·&; fm(r) = 0 (2.11) m

Thus we have found in (2.11) an envelope-function equation that is very

SchrOdinger-like. It can be cast in matrix form:

where J. is the unity matrix, ! is a vector with components fm(r), and ~ is a

matrix with components Hnm: (Eno+ p2/2mo + U(r)) Dnm + Pnm·p/mo. In

(2.11) the crystal potential is only indirectly present through the band edges Eno

and the interaction Pnm·P·

2.4. LOwdin renormaliza.don and effective mass

Although the infinite linear system (2.11) is valid for all momenta., its usefulness

is apparent ma.inly in combination with perturbation theory. In many cases we

a.re interested in only a few of the infinitely many bands in (2.11). Dividing all

states into two classes, one of states min which we a.re interested (A), and one

of states µ in which we a.re not interested (B) but which have a nonnegligible

effect on the states in A:

1/l(r) = l f1n(r) Umo(r) + l ~(r) u110(r) me A µeB

we can truncate the matrices and vectors in (2.11) to have only components in

class A, provided the interactions a.re Lowdin renorma.lized12;

(2.12)

With this renormalized interaction the secular equation Det II ;fj; - f J II.= 0

yields the eigenvalues fnk for n e A. In the case that class A consists of a single

state n this procedure is simple. Omitting all terms involving two or more

t2P.-O. Lowdin, J. Chem. Phys. 19 (1951) 1396.

Page 37: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Duke 27

intermediate B states (and putting for tli.e moment U(r) = 0), the energy Enk can

be expressed implicitly as:

which up to second order ink can be written as:

(2.13)

Eq. (2.13) is a parabolic approximation of band n, valid only in the vicinity of

the r point k = 0. Here we can define an effective mass tensor through the

relation:

fnJi: = fno + 2!: l ka. (iii!Jo(3 Jca , a,/3 = x,y,z

a. .i:i

so that:

(2.14)

Hence, the difference between this effective mass and the bare electron mass m0

is due to the coupling of band n to the other bands. For n corresponding to the

conduction band with r 6 symmetry, the effective mass is a scalar. Since the

main contributions to me come from the valence band states, lower in energy,

the effective mass is positive.

2.5. Kane model

In the case that class A consists of the r 6 conduction band and the r 7, r 8

valence bands, a different approach due to Kane is takent3. This procedure is

appropriate when studying optical properties, or hole tunneling in

13E.O. Kane, J. Phys. Chem. Solids, 1 (1956) 83; Ch.4A in Handbook on Semiconductors, Vol. I, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 1982.

Page 38: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

28 Chapter!

heterostructures. But also in the case of a single conduction band, the Kane

model is very convenient to go beyond the quadratic dispersion relation of the

previous section t4 15. This application is the main reason for discussing the model

in this section, as an intermediate step towards an energy dependent effective

mass. The consequences of this nonparabolicity for tunneling will be discussed in

the next chapter.

In the Kane model, the coupling within the set of topmost valence bands and

the lowest conduction band is treated exactly, whereas the coupling between

these bands and all other r edges is treated perturbatively. Let us first consider

the case without external fields, i.e. put U(r) = 0 in (2.8) or (2.11). For III-V

compounds it is necessary to add a spin-orbit term to the crystal Hamiltonian in

(2.8), a correction of relativistic origin16, taking into account the coupling betwee

the electron spin and the orbital angular momentum. The spin degener-

Table I. Kane-model and other foara.meters tor Ga.As and AlAs and their d~endence on the mole action :i: o/ Al] in the ternary compound. A er Adachi11, and Eppenga et al.1 , Tcible Ill/IV.

parameter y unit Y[GaAs} Y[AlAs] dY/dx

lattice constant a nm 0.56533 0.56611 0.00078 stat. diel. const. K. 13.18 10.06 -3.12 band gap ~,l!)) eV 1.430 3.002 1.572 spin-orbit en. eV 0.343 0.279 -0.064 Kane energy Ep eV 28.8 28.8 s coupling s -3.849 -2.655 effective masses: conduction band IIlc 0.0667 0.1500 0.0833 light holes }1101) m1h 0.0870 0.2079 s.o. split-o Illso 0.1735 0.3147 heavy holes f 001~ mhh 0.3799 0.4785 heavy holes 111 mhh 1 0.9524 1.1494

14G. Bastard, Wave mechanics applied to semiconductor heterostroctures, Halsted Press, 1988. 15M.F.H. Schuurmans and G.W. 't Hooft, Phys. Rev. B 31 (1985) 8041. 16See e.g. W. Jones and N.H. March, Theoretical solid state physics, Vol. I, New York: Dover Publications, 1973. 17S. Adachi, J. Appl. Phys. 58 (1985) RI. 18R. Eppenga, M.F.H. Schuurmans a.nd S. Colak, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 1554.

Page 39: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-D'Uke 29

acy is removed and class A now contains eight bands. The 8>< 8 Hamiltonian

matrix for the A bands is diagonal in a basis of eigenvectors lj,mj> of the total

angular momentum J and its projection Jz along the z-a.xis. For the s bands, this

has no consequences, but the p bands are split into a j = 3 /2 quadruplet of r 8

symmetry, and a j = 1/2 doublet of r 7 symmetry. The former is shifted upwards

in energy by an a.mount of 6. /3, whereas the doublet is lowered by twice this

amount. This spin-orbit energy 6. between the doublet and quadruplet is one of

the three basic Kane para.meters. The other two are the band gap energy Eg

between the conduction band and the quadruplet, and the interband matrix

energy Ep: 2m0P2/0.2, where Pis the velocity matrix element betweens and p

states. If all coupling to remote edges outside the r 6r 7r 8 subspace is excluded,

three light bands and one heavy band are found, the effective masses of which

can be expressed in terms of E,, Ep and 6.:

heavy holes: (2.15)

light holes: !!!JI_ = - 1 + i~ m1h g

split-off band:

electrons:

Inclusion of remote bands19 means Lowdin-renormalizing the 8><8 Hamiltonian.

This introduces four new para.meters, s, 111 12 and 73, that replace the 11 's in the

effective-mass expressions of (2.15). In addition, the light-hole and heavy-hole bands turn out to be anisotropic.

In stead of calculating the seven Kane parameters from expressions like

(2.14), we use the model as a description of the bands near k = 0, fitting the

parameters to reproduce the correct gaps and masses. In fact, this "empirical"

picture of the Kane method is the usual one. Accuracy of the Kane model can be

ascertained by comparing its results with calculations from global band structure

descriptions20. In Table I a set of parameter values is summarized for both GaAs

and AlAs, together with the effective masses that result from these parameters.

19R. Eppenga, M.F.H. Schuurmans and S. Colak, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 1554. 20M.F.H. Schuurmans and G.W. 't Hooft, Phys. Rev. B 31 (1985) 8041.

Page 40: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

30

Fig.2.1

Chapter 2

GaAs Al As

-0.2 o.o 0.2 ·0.2 0.0 0.2

lm(k) Re(k) lm(k) Re(k)

Complex band structure E{O,O,k) for GaAs and AlAs. Positive (negative) k correspond to rea( (imaginary) wave number. The horizontal scale is in terms of 27r/a, a being the lattice constant.

In Fig. 2.1 the various bands are plotted as function of the wave number: the

positive horizontal axis corresponds to real wave numbers and envelope functions

that oscillate in space, the negative horizontal axis to imaginary wave numbers

and envelope functions that are exponentially damped. In this complex band

structure, the conduction and the light-hole band turn out to be one branch.

The zero of energy is chosen at the top of the GaAs valence band, and the offset

for the AlAs bands is in accordance with the 67 /33 value for the band-edge

discontinuity ratio of GaAs/ AlxGa1:xAs21•

If we are only interested in the conduction band (as in the case of electron

tunneling), we can reduce the Hamiltonian matrix from 8x8 to 2x2 by

renormalizing once more. However, the valence bands are treated differently

21For GaAs-AlxGa1_xAs values in the range of 65/35-fi9/31 are reported. See J. Menendez, A. Pinczuk, D.J. Werder, A.C. Gossard and J.H. English, Phys. Rev. B 33 (1986) 8863.

Page 41: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Dv.ke 31

from the remote bands: for the latter the denominator ( fnk - Hl4J.) is

approximated by ( fno - f"'0), whereas for the valence bands this becomes

( fnk - £"'0). The non-diagonal elements now remain zero, and the diagonal

elements become:

where the zero of energy is ta.ken at the conduction band edge. Thus we find for

both spin-up and spin-down a simple 11Schrodinger" equation:

(2.16)

with an energy-dependent effective mass given by:

m 2Ep Ep ~ = 8 + 3(£+E8) + 3{e+E8+ZS) (2.17)

In Fig. 2.2 the complex band structure according to (2.16-17) is plotted,

together with the full Kane solution for electrons and light holes {Fig. 2.1) and

the dispersion corresponding to the constant Ille of (2.15). In contrast to Fig. 2.1

k is shown as a function of f. Both the m( f) and me dispersion relations are

expansions a.round the conduction band minimum, where all three relations

coincide. Eqs.{2.16-17) however follow the Kane band structure remarkably well

over a large energy interval, and the difference with the constant me case is quite

clear. Especially in the bandgap where the wavenumber is imaginary, there is an

appreciable difference. Although these· energies a.re not very important in bulk

materials, they do play an important role in heterostructures and hence in

resonant tunneling.

In the case of a perturbing nonperiodie potential U(z), the same recipe that

led to (2.16) ean be applied22. It is found that, even in the ease of a spin­

independent U, the two spin states a.re now coupled via a nondia.gonal term:

22G. Basta.rd, Wave mechanics applied to semiconductor heterostroctures, Halsted Press, 1988.

Page 42: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

32

Fig.2.2

Chapter 2

GaAs 0.2 -.le: -CD

a:

0.0

~ -E -0.2

-.le: -CD a:

~ -E

-1 0 1 2 3 4

ENERGY (eV)

0.2

0.0

-0.2

-1 0 1 2 3 4

ENERGY (eV)

Complex band structure k(f} for GaAs and AlAs. The dots correspond to the m(f) model of {2.16-17}; the upper cu.rue is the Kane solution for electrons/light holes, the lower curve is the EMA using me of {2.15). Positive (negative} k correspond to real (imaginary) wave number. The vertical scale is terms of 27r/a, a being the lattice constant.

where M(f) is defined as:

while the diagonal term changes to:

Page 43: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-'Duke 33

(2.19)

Eq.(2.16) now reads:

(2.20)

From the definition of M(E) it can be seen that the coupling between spin-up

and spin-down states of the conduction band is due to the spin-<lrbit coupling: if

a = 0 the nondiagonal term vanishes. The above Kane theory is applicable to elemental semiconductors like Ge, or

binary compounds like GaAs and AlAs. Also ternary solutions like AlxGa1_xAs,

which, strictly speaking, do not have a periodic crystal potential, can often be

described within energy band theory by use of the socalled "virtual crystal

approximation"2i: the random potential is replaced by a periodic one: x• Vu + (1-x)- V Ga + V As• where x is the mole-fraction of Al. The difference between this potential and the actual one is then responsible for the alloy scattering and

the zero temperature resistance24. Thus the virtual crystal approximation makes i

· possible to introduce composition dependence of the band gap, Eg(x), the

spin-<lrbit energy, .6(x), etc. Often this dependence is linear, so that we can

write Eg(x) = Eg(O) + x·dE8/dx. For the case of AlxGa1.xAs these linear coefficients are given in Table 12s.

2.6. Heterojunctions

Based on the simple conduction band model (2.16-17) that we arrived at in the previous section, we will now consider the case of a heterostructure.

In a heterojunction of two materials A and B the potential V(r) that enters

23According R.H. Parmenter, Phys. Rev. 97 (1955) 587, this approximation goes back to L. Nordheim, Ann. Physik 9 (1931) 607; 641. 24N.F. Mott and H. Jones, The theory of the properties of metals and alloys, Oxford University Press, 1936. 25The parameters in Table I pertain to the r point. The X valley has a much smaller composition dependence. For x ~ 0.43 the band gap at the X-point is smaller than E (r), and here AlxGa1_xAs is an indirect semiconductor. See e.g. Landolt-Borns~ein III/17a. Transport properties of heterostructures depend much on whether the component materials are direct or indirect. We consider here only direct semiconductors, so that xis confined to 0 < x < 0.43.

Page 44: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

34 Chapter 2

the one-electron SchrOdinger equation:

[ 2£: + V(r)] ,P(r) = E ,P(r) (2.21)

is no longer periodic in general:

{

(1)

V(r) = V (r) , r in material 1 (2)

V (r) , r in material 2

(2.22)

and the solutions of (2.21) cannot be written in Bloch form. We can however

make an expansion of ,,O(r) in both materials in terms of the periodic functions ( 1l ( 2)

Uno (r) and Uno (r):

,P(r) =

{

~ (ll (ll it fn (r)·uno (r) , r in layer 1

~ (2) (2) ff fn (r)·Uno (r), r in layer 2

(2.23)

( 1,2) where the envelope functions fn (r) are slowly varying functions, and the

summation over n runs over all included band edges. For each layer the envelope

functions fn follow from (2.11):

[

- (1,2) ] (1,2) ~ -EJ, f =.Q (2.24)

Solving (2.21) now amounts to matching correctly the envelope function vectors (1) (2)

f and f at the heterojunction interface.

One connection rule is provided by the continuity of the electron wave

function ,P(r). When the two materials (1 and 2) are not too different (as is the

case with e.g. the lattice-matched GaAs and Al0•3Ga0•7As), the usual

assumption26 that: (1) (2)

Uno (r) =Uno (r) (2.25)

may not be too hazardous. From (2.25) and continuity of ,P(r), it is directly

26S.R. White and L.J. Sham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 47 (1981) 879.

Page 45: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to Ben.Daniel-Duke 35

( 1l ( 2) (1) (2) deduced that the envelope functions be continuous: fn (r) = fn (r) or f = f . Let us take z = z0 to be the interface and write r 11 for (x,y). From (2.25) it

follows that the parameter Ep of (2.15) is equal for both materials A and B27• For

all other parameters (Eg, !:>., s, 711 72 and 73), we write:

(1) (2) s = s(z) = s · D(zo-z) + s • D(z-zo) (2.26)

etc., where D(z) is the Heaviside function, D(z) = 1(0) for z H <) O. As a result,

the Hamiltonian matrix i! of (2.24) depends only on z, and the envelope

functions can be written as:

( 1,2) 1 .( 1,2) fn (r) = ~exp(iku·r11)·Xn (z) (2.27)

where Sis the sample area, and k11 is the wave vector parallel to and continuous

across the interface. From (2.25) we obtain a first connection rule for the (1) ( 2)

envelope functions Xn(z): Xn (zo) = Xn {zo) or:

x(z) continuous (2.28)

A second connection rule is obtained as follows: the· matrix ~ can be cast

into the general form of:

(2.29)

where the definition of the~ matrices follows from comparing (2.29) with (2.11). We now replace kz by -io/8z, an operation however without an umambiguous

prescription. Often this replacement is done in such way that the resulting

Hamiltonian is hermitian28; even then there remains some arbitrariness29,

although in the literature a convergence can be noticed on the simple form:

27G. Bastard, Wave mechanics applied to semiconductor heterostructures, Halsted Press, 1988.

2sa. Eppenga, M.F.H. Schuurmans and S. Colak, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 1554.

29For a general discussion of the form of the Hamilton operator, see R.A. Morrow and K.R. Brownstein, Phys. Rev. B 30 (1984) 678.

Page 46: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

36 Chapter 2

(2.30)

We will shortly see how this hermiticity immediately leads to the well-known

1/m connection rule for the derivatives of the envelope functions. Here we stress

that the hermitian form can only be advocated if the Lowdin A-dasses for the

two materials contain all relevant bands, i.e. if there is no significant coupling

between A-states of material (1) to B-states of material (2), and vice versa. Coming back to this question at the end of this section, we now carry on our

discussion of (2.30). Integrating this equation once across the interface yields the

second connection rule:

~(z)x(z) continuous (2.31) where:

(2.32)

We now apply the above recipe for envelope connection rules to the special

case of one conduction band with energy~ependent effective mass, Eq.(2.16) of

the previous section. For a heterostructure (2.16) has to be translated into a

differential equation:

11. 2kn 2 11,2 d( 1 d ] 2m(z,ef'l'.(z)-2""az m(z,e)azx(z) + Eco(z)x(z) = ex(z) (2.33)

where the conduction band minimum Eco is a step function at the interface z0:

and an analogous expression is valid for the effective mass m(z,e). This steplike

behavior implies that up to the interface the bulk properties are conserved, at

least in terms of the slowly varying envelopes. Put differently, the interface is

assumed to be sharp, and any effect of the interface must decay within one

atomic layera0• The connection rules for x(z) at the interface are readily obtained from (2.28) and (2.31):

3°For a discussion of this socalled flat-band approximation see J. Cuypers, Scattering of electrons at heterostructure interfaces, doctoral thesis (1992).

Page 47: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Duke 37

x(z) and m(!,e) *must be continuous (2.34)

across the interface.

This socalled BenDaniel-Duke model31 for heterostructures combines

simplicity with versatility. It has proven to be a powerful method for calculating

energy levels in quantum well structures and superlattices32• On the other hand,

it is based on a number of approximations and limitations, some of which are

reasonable, while the status of others is less clarified. As a conclusion of this

chapter, two remarks regarding the validity of the BenDaniel-Duke model are

made. The first one concerns the link between the connection rules (2.34) and

the conservation of probability density and current, expressed in terms of the

envelope functions x(z), and averaged over the unit cell:

p(z) = I x(z)l 2

·c ) _ 1i. [ • d _ d ·] J z - rm(iJI x rzX XrzX

It is easily seen that the connection rules (2.34) ensure the continuity of these

two quantities - a physically appreciable outcome.

A second remark, in the light of a recent study on the connection rules for

envelope functions33, draws in the T-matrix approach, of which (2.34) can be

considered a special case. In this approach, we write at the interface:

[

(2) ] [ (1} ] x x t2l = T Ul

dx /dz dx /dz

where Tis a 2 " 2 matrix containing the connection rules. The rules of (2.34) correspond to a diagonal T-matrix:

(2.35)

31D.J. BenDaniel and C.B. Duke, Phys. Rev 152 (1966) 683. 32G. Bastard and J.A. Brum, IEEE J. Quant. Electron. QE-22 (1986) 1625. 33J. Cuypers, Ph.D. thesis, Eindhoven (1992), ch. 5.

Page 48: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

38

Fig.2.3·

Chapter!

1.40 constant-mus ratio: 2.249

.... 1.30

~ !!. 1.20 e -I 1.10

e 1.00

0.90 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50

ENERQY(eV)

1.15 .---------------, constant-mus ratio: 1.875

1.10

1.05

1.00 .....__._~-~....__~__.._...._~__.....~

0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.60

ENERQY(eV)

Effective mass 9uotient as a function of energy for (a}. GaAs/AlAs and (IJ) GaAs/AluGauAs. The calcv.lati.ons are based on (2.17). The zero of energy is at the Ga.As conduction band minimum.

Cuypers31 calculated the T-matrix elements from the continuity of the underlying wave function and its derivative, obtained from EPM (empirical­pseudo potential method) calculations. Thus he was able to check, for ea.ch specific heterojunction individually, the validity of the simple diagonal. choice (2.35) .. For the GaAs/AlAs conduction bands (k11 = 0), the situation is quite rosy: the off-diagonal elements are smaller than 10·4, and the first diagonal element is close to unity (0.9 < T11 < 0.92). Also the second diagonal element agrees with the effective-mass quotient of (2.35), provided that the

energy-dependent masses are used. This is illustrated in Fig .. 2.3a, where m(AlAs)/m(GaAs) is plotted as a function of energy, and which agrees quite well with the corresponding plot of T22 (Fig. 5.2 in Cuypers33). Notice that in the case of the familiar energy-independent effective m~s the agreement is

Page 49: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

From Bloch to BenDaniel-Duke 39

completely lost. In the case of GaAs/ Al0•3Gao.7As, the agreement between the

EPM calculations of Cuypers and (2.35) is even better: 0.973 < T11 < 0.976 and

1.06 < I T22I < 1.09. Here too nonparabolicity is important, as can be seen from

Fig. 2.3b (cf. Fig. 5.8 in Cuypers33). Hence, in the case of conduction band

matching, the EPM calculations support the simple BenDaniel-Duke model, a

conclusion which remains valid for k 11 # 0. However when the X-valley comes

into play, or when the valence band becomes important (as e.g. in the

InAs/GaSb system), when the two materials are lattice-mismatched or

otherwise dissimilar, the simple envelope-function rules of (2.35) break down,

and a return to the underlying wavefunctions is unavoidable. Since we deal in

the next chapters with the most favourable case of GaAs/ AlxGa1.xAs conduction

bands, we will not go beyond the simple BenDaniel-Duke model. In fact, most

calculations of the next chapters were performed using energy-independent

(equal or different) masses for the heterojunction materials. In Sect. 3.2 we will investigate the numerical consequences of this neglect of nonparabolicity.

Page 50: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

40 Chapter 2

Page 51: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapter3

COHERENT TUNNELING

3.1. Introduction

Detailed studies that compare coherent-tunneling models to experimental

results, like e.g. Gueret et al.1 and Van de Roer et al. 2, invariably end up with the

conclusion that there are large discrepancies between (the bare) theory and

experiment. The general shape of the 1-V characteristic (the resonant peak and

the increase in the Fowler-Nordheim3 regime) is always reproduced by the

calculations. However, the position of the peak, the peak current, and especially

the valley current and the related peak-to-valley ratio (PVR) pose serious

difficulties, and predictions can differ orders of magnitude with measurements. The conclusion that coherent tunneling cannot .be the whole story seems inevitable. Scattering has to be taken into account, either in a sequential

1P. Gueret, C. Rossel, E. Marclay and H. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1989) 279; P. Gueret, C. Rossel, W. Schlup and H.P. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1989) 4312. 2T.G. van de Roer, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H. Joosten, H. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M. Henini, Physica B 175 (1991) 301.

ac.B. Duke, Tunneling in solids, New York: Academic, 1969.

41

Page 52: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

42 Chapter 3

approach1 or by introducing an "incoherence parameter" 2•

On the other hand, although coherent tunneling may not be the whole story,

it is nevertheless a large part of it. The very existence of a resonant current peak

and of a region of negative differential resistance (NDR) strongly indicates

transport via a resonant state. Therefore, it seems wiser to start with a coherent­

tunneling model, in which the scattering has to be incorporated afterwards, than

the other way around. This is at least the approach followed in this thesis.

Coherent tunneling yields sharp peaks in the transmission coefficient, of

which position (Eres) and width (r) depend only on the "intrinsic" properties of

the diode, such as the kinds of material, the widths of the various layers, etc.

The resonance energy Eres is important in determining the position of the

current peak, whereas the width r is of crucial importance to the NDR region.

Scattering effects on the other hand depend also on experimental conditions such

as temperature, on doping concentrations and local variations in the diode's

dimensions. Their effect is mainly to increase the width r, and therefore the

NDR region is the voltage range where to expect substantial deviations from the

coherent picture.

In this chapter we are mainly concerned with the current scale of the I-V

characteristic. First we review the transfer matrix approach that is used to

calculate the electron wavefunctions and hence the transmission and reflection

probability. In Sect. 3.3 the resonance position and width, calculated with TMA,

are closely looked at, especially with respect to the barrier parameters. The

coupling to the reservoirs is treated in the next two sections. Finally the effect of

inelastic scattering is studied within the simple Jonson-Grincwajg model.

3.2. Transfer Matrix Approach

Coherent tunneling in layered heterostructures is easily described using the

Transfer Matrix Approach (TMA), a method already present in the pioneering

work of Tsu and Esaki4• First we will introduce the method on the basis of a

piecewise constant potential. This corresponds to situations without external

fields, or with slowly varying fields that can be considered constant within each

layer. A generalization of this TMA is presented afterwards.

4R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562. See also the reviewing paper by G.A. Toombs and F.W. Sheard, in Electronic properties of multilayers and low-dimensional semiconductor structures, eds. J.M. Chamberlain et al., New York: Plenum, 1990, p. 257.

Page 53: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 43

Let us take Eqs.(2.33-a4) of the previous chapter as our starting point for

calculating the envelope functions x(z) in a heterostructure within the flat:--band

approximation. For the moment, we put k11 = 0 for simplicity; the effect of a

nonzero k 11 are treated in the next section. Writing the general solution to

(2.33-34) as:

x(z) = { aL•exp(ikLz) + bL·exp(-ikLz)"' [~~] 1 Z < Zo

a1 ·exp{ik1z) + b8:ex.p(-ik1z)"' [~~ , z ~ z0

(3.1)

where kL = Jf~1·(E-Eko) and ka is defined analogously, we can translate these

connection rules into relations for the a,b-coefficients: aL + bL = aa + ba and

i!~(aL - bi}= i!:<aa - b1), or, in vector notation:

In other words, the connection rules provide a relation between the coefficients

of the envelope function on either side of the interface:

(3.2)

where Mis called the transfer matrix, that in our particular case reads:

[HA 1-A] m k

M = i 1-A l+A • A= mi~

In stead of coupling L(eft) to R{ight) coefficients, we can also connect the

coefficients of the outgoing waves to those of the incoming ones:

(3.3)

where ~ is called the scattering matrix, the elements of which are:

Page 54: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

44 Chapters

(3.4)

For an incoming wave from the left, we have aL = 1, ba = 0. From (3.4) the

reflected wave has coefficient bL = p and the transmitted wave has a1 = r. The

amplitude squared of the reflected wave p*p is called the reflection coefficient R,

that of the transmitted wave r*r the transmission coefficient T. For an incoming

wave from the right, we have aL = 0, ba = 1. Now the reflected wave has

coefficient a1 = p and the transmitted wave has bL = 1'. From (3.2) and (3.3) the transfer matrix can be expressed in terms of the scattering matrix elements:

(3.5)

Since both x(z) and x*(z) are solutions of (2.33), because of time-reversal

symmetry, the matrix~ has the property that M22 = M11* and M12 = M21*, so

that p and :; can be expressed in terms of p and 75:

• / • 1-n*n 1-R d M p = -p*1" 1"* , r = ~ = 1"·-y- = 1"• et =

and the reflection coefficient R = p*p and transmission coefficient T = 1"*1' for

right incoming waves in terms of Rand T for left incoming ones:

(3.6)

The two transmission coefficients, from left to right and from right to left, turn

out to be different. Therefore it is convenient, and in fact common practice, to

use the concept of transmission probability& P, defined by:

P:::l-R=l-R

sn. Lenstra and R.T.M. Smokers, Phys. Rev. B 38 (1988) 6452. 6The interpretation of R and P in terms of reflection and transmission probability is limited to situations where both kL and kB. in (3.1) are real. See also any text book on Quantum Mechanics.

Page 55: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 45

and equal to both T·det(M) and T/det(M)· This transmission probability is

indeed symmetric, and the fact that P + R = 1 expresses the conservation of

probability.

This TMA can easily be generalized to be applicable to any kind of band

edge function Ec0(z). Since for every value of£, Eq.(2.33) is an ordinary second

order differential equation· in both the left and the right region, it has on either

side of the interface two linearly independent solutions, {fL(z), gL(z)} and {f1 (z),

g1(z)}, say, the independence of which implies that the wronskian W(f,g):

W(f,g):: f(z)~g(z)-g(z~f(z) = f(z)g'(z)-g(z)f'(z)

is non-zero for all z. It will turn out convenient to define for a given interface at

z = z0 a functional j(f,g) by:

(3.7)

where the limits keep track of the direction from which the interface is reached.

For functions f and g pertaining to the same region, say L, j(fL,gi) is equal to

iti.W(fL,gi)/2mL. For f a.nd g pertaining to different regions (in the case of

j(fL,fa) etc.), however, no such property exists because of the position-dependent

mass. This new functional j(f,g) is a generalization of the probability flux, since

j(f,f") = jc(z) is the flux of proba.lity density in state f. If we now generalize (3;1):

x(z) = { aL.fL(z) + bt•gt(z)"' Ib~] I z < Zo

a11.·f11.(z) + b1 -g1 (z)"' [b!] , z ~ z0

we can express the matrix M of Eq.(3.2) in terms of j:

(3.8)

(3.9)

Again, since the potential energy term of (2.33) is real, the functions f and g can

be choosen real or pairwise complex conjugate. In the latter case, since

Page 56: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

46 Chapter 9

{j(f,g)}* = j(g*,f*), we find the same symmetry properties for M as mentioned

below (3.5):

In this TMA, a potential· barrier can now be represented by the matrix

product of two interface matrices, and a double barrier by the product of two

single barrier matrices:

(3.10)

in self-explanatory notation. If the element notation of (3.5) is used for all matrices, the transmission and reflection coefficients of the DBRT-matrix ( r, p) can be expressed in those of the single-barrier B-matrices ( T1i p1 and r 2, p2):

(3.11)

We see that the total transmission r is the product of the transmission

coefficients of both barriers, r 1 and r 2, times a factor which takes into account

the multiple reflections between the barriers, (1-piP2)-1• This interpretation can

be seen to be correct by expanding the factor, yielding:

the n-th term of which corresponds to tunneling through the first barrier, then

being reflected n times in the well, and :finally escaping through the second

barrier. Hence it is this factor (1-piP2)"1 that is responsible for the resonant

Page 57: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 47

character of the tunneling. Indeed, the total transmission coefficient T : T"r is:

(3.12)

where a = arg(pi02), so that, when all quantities vary slowly with incoming

energy, the maxima of T are determined by an = n • 211", with n an integer. These

maxima are sharp resonance peaks if the reflection coefficients are close to unity7,

in which case we can define a peak width (BWHM, half width at half maximum)

r a:

(3.13)

The height of the resonance peak, Tmax• is found to be:

(3.14)

which for the special case that T 1 = T2 = (1-R1) = (1-R2) equals unity. Since:

the area under a resonance peak, Ia, is given by:

(3.15)

Finally, the shape of the resonance peak is approximately Lorentzian, as can be

seen as follows. Substituting in (3.12) for a(e) a Taylor series near the n-th

resonance, a(f) = n·211" + (E-En)a'(En) + ... ,we find for incoming energies near

7For the arcsin in (3.13) to exist, we roust have 17-12./2 S R1R2 S 1; hence, the peak is sharp for R1R2 > 17-12./2 = 0.0294..., or R1 and R2 > 0.172 ...

Page 58: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

48 Chapter 9

the resonance En:

T Ill Tmaxr.2

r£2 +(E-En)2 (3.16)

where r£ = 2' !!(~:1/2) 1:1 r a/a'( En) is the resonance width, related to the resonance lifetime To through a Heisenberg-like rela.tion:

(3.17)

Eq.(3.16) expla.ins the success of a Breit-Wigner formulation of resonant

tunneling8•

It is remarked here, that in this section we have made no other assumption

than that there are two non-trivial matrices M of the form (3.5), in other words:

that there are (at least) two discontinuities in the potential. As demonstrated

above, the shape of a resonance is not very sensitive to the exact shape of the potential. When the two reflection coefficients corresponding to the

discontinuities are close to unity, the resonances become sharp and Lorentzian

-like; to them can be attributed a line width r £ and life time To· Thus for small

(1-R1): P 1 and (1-R2): P2, it is found to lowest order in P 1 and P2, that:

3.3. The resonance energy; dependence on barrier parameters

In the case of rectangular barriers of equal width b and height H, an expression

for the resonance energies is easily obtained. Working out arg(pJP2) = O, the

resonance condition, we find:

-::~)tanh(,.b) (3.18)

where k = J 2mwe/h and,.= J 2mb(H-E)/1i, His the barrier height and wand

8D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Bandara and H. Zhao, Appl. Phys. Lett. 55 (1989) 2453.

Page 59: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 49

b are the width of the well and barriers9. In the limit of b -1 m, (3.18) reduces to·

the well known relation for the bound states in a finite well:

tan [f!] = :~k or cot (f!] = -:~k (3.19)

for the even or odd states. Just like this relation, (3.18) is a transcendental

equation without analytic solution. In the case of thick barriers, by1(2mbH) > ti., the resonance and the bound state will be very close in energy. It is remarkable

that nowhere in the literature on resonant tunneling Eq.(3.18) is mentioned. In

fact, the only author who offers a resonance condition, Bastard10 , wrongly

presents (3.19) in stead of (3.18), stating that the resonance energies "coincide

with the bound states". For the device of Fig.1.3, varying only b1 = b2, the first

two resonances, Erest and Eres2, are plotted as functions of b in Fig.3.1. Since

Erest decreases with decreasing b1 and Eres2 increases, we have plotted

ln((EbndrEres1)/e) and ln((Eres2-Ebnd2)/e), where Ebnd is the solution of (3.19) and Eres the solution of (3.18). From the straight lines in Fig.3.1. it can be

concluded that the resonance approaches the bound state energy for large barrier

width in an exponential wayll.

Eq.(3.18) is derived for the case of an unbiased structure, and it is not

evident that it would apply to a structure under bias. However, it will be shown

in Sect. 4.3 that the resonance energy with respect to the well potential is fairly

constant, and consequently (3.18) remains important also in the biased situation.

Two clarifications remain to be made, one concerning the masses mw and mb,

and one concerning the barrier height H. From (2.17) it ca.n be seen that the

effective masses in the well and barrier are in fact energy dependent, and they

9 Analogous but more complicated expressions are found for structures with unequal widths. In this section, we confine ourselves to the symmetric case. In numerical calculations (ch. 4-6) also asymetric structures are considered. 10G. Bastardj Wave mechanics applied to semiconductor heterostructures, Halsted ( 1988 . 11From the fact that the resonance energies can increase or decrease with increasing barrier width b, it is induced that for every well width w, there is exactly one barrier height H for which the resonance is independent of b. Indeed, though Bastard's remark is erroneous in general, it is true for the first resanance in the special case that H = ti.2'K2(mw+mb)/8mw2w2. 0£ course, the resonance width does depend on b even in this case. Accordingly, DBRT structures of this kind would offer the possibility to study the specific effect of the resonance width.

Page 60: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

50

-Q) -, w

I ... .i w -0 .c

5 c -I

Fig.3.1

0

-5

-10

-15

·20

-25 0 5 10 15 20

BARRIER WIDTH b/a

25

Chapter 9

-o- E rw1

-•- E ml

Dependence of the first two resonance energies on the barrier width b {in units of the lattice constant a = 0.56 nm). Plotted is the logarithm of the energy difference between the resonance Eresfb) and the bound state Eres(m). The lowest resonance decreases with decreasing b, whereas the second one increases.

depend on the total energy, not just the part related to the motion in the

z-direction. This means that the resonance energy, may it be in a. modest way,

depends on k112• Far more important is the fa.ct that H is not just the conduction

band offset ~Eco, but, as can be seen from (2.33), also contains a. part:

which is nonzero wether the masses are energy dependent or not (provided they

a.re different). Thus, the BenDaniel-Duke theory h:ttroduces an effective barrier

potential, the strength of which is k11 2-dependent. As a consequence, the

resonance energies will clearly depend on ku 2, as can be seen from Fig.3.2, where

both Eres(k11 2) and r(k11 2) are plotted. Most authors who use different masses do

not mention this problem and ignore the term. Basta.rd t2 does describe this

t2G. Bastard, op. cit. {1988).

Page 61: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 51

Fig.3.2

0.10

1

> 0.09 0 - 4 I w 2

3 0.08 0.01

0.00 0 2 4 6 8 10

0.10 1

~ E -:I :c 0.05 4 ;:: :c 3

2

0.00 0 2 4 6 8 10

k, • .' (101• m"')

(a) The resonance energp E1es and {b) the HWHM vs. the parallel momentum squared k0

2, for JOur different cases: 1. equal effective masses for both materials; 2. different effective masses; 3. as 2. but now including the in-plane dispersion term; 4. as 9. but now with energy-dependent masses.

Page 62: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

52 Chapter 9

"in-plane dispersion effect", as he calls it, and suggests to remove the term to

first order introducing an in-plane mass mn, defined through:

where B(Eres) is the probability of finding the resonant electron in the barriers.

By writing the in-plane contribution to the energy as fi.2k11 2 /2mn in all

layers, the dependence of the resonance energy on k11 2 is indeed removed. This

method is well suited for calculating quantum-well energy levels, for the DBRT

structure however it would destroy an interesting effect. For applied voltages

such that Eres is somewhere in the middle of Fermi window (O,Er) of the emitter

reservoir (Er > r), the exact shape of the resonance peak is unimportant. The

current density is determined by the (total) area under the peak only. However,

when Eres is close to Er or O, only a fraction of the peak area contributes to the

current density, and in these instances the peak shape does matter. At the onset

of resonant current (Eres ~Er), the differential conductance (the slope in the I-V

characteristic) is rather small, and so are the changes when we switch to a k11 -

dependent Eres· At the end of the resonant-current interval (Eres ~ 0), however,

the differential conductance is quite large (and negative). In the case of a k 11 -

independent Eres the peak falls through the conduction band minimum for all k11 simultaneously, and this gives rise to the steep descent in the I-V curve.

Changing to a k11 -dependent Eres in this case means that the peak dissapears at

different voltages for different k11 , which yields a considerable smoothing of the

negative differential conductance. Indeed calculations, the results of which a.re

depicted in Fig. 3.3, show that the maximal (negative) conductance Gmax is

reduced by a factor of 2. And since the cut-off frequency of a DBRT diode is

proportional to ../Gmax 13, the small in-plane dispersion effect is responsible for a

large change in the estimate of this device characteristic.

Fig.3.2 also allows us to study the effect of the conduction band nonpara.boli­

city on the resonance position and width. Four different models a.re compared:

(1) The Ga.As effective mass for both Ga.As and AlxGa1_xAs. This yields 0.09302

eV for the first resonance. (2) Different masses for the two materials: the

resonance energy decreases to 0.08445 eV. (3) Ta.king into account the in-plane

dispersion term: as a function of k112 the resonance energy has a small negative

13D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 49 (1986) 94; T.C.L.G. Sollner, E.R. Brown, W.D. Goodhue and H.Q. Le, Appl. Phys. Lett. 50 (1987) 332.

Page 63: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 53

tr' E < 0 0 ...... -> I-Cl.) z w c I-z w a: a: :.> 0

Fig.3.3

0 2 ····· tr'

E Cl.)

• 0 --7 ...... -i= -1 1 >

I-0 :.> c z 0 0

0 -2 0.160 0.165 0.170

BIAS VOLTAGE M

. Current density (left am) and differential conductitrity (right axis) vs. bias voltage in the NDR voltage range, with ( dotteil. line) and without (solid line) the in-plane-dispersion term.

slope. (4) Using the energy-dependent effective masses according to Eq. (2.17):

the decrease from (1) to (2) is partly undone. Due to the nonpa.rabolicity of the

conduction bands, we end up somewhere between the case of equal and different

effective masses. This can also be seen from the plot of the resonance width

(Fig.3.2b): the HWHM in ease (4) is roughly twice as small as in case (1) a.nd

twice as large as in ease (2). Since the current density is proportional to the

HWHM, we must expect the same factor of 2 in the I-V calculations. It is

concluded that going from equal (ease 1) to different (case 2) masses does not

necessarily increase the numerical reliability of the model.

Page 64: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

54 Chapter 3

3.4. Current density expression

Since the work of Tsu and Esaki1\ the expression for the static current density

reads:

an expression which they adopted from Duke's monograph15• In fa.ct, their

adoption was not completely correct, since they replaced Duke's tunneling

probability P(E) by the tunneling coefficient 1-r{E}l 2, which minor mistake was

already mentioned by Coon and Liu16. It is interesting to look at the derivation

of (3.20} in Duke: the current is obtained by summing the expectation values of

the current operator in the eigenstates of the tunneling Hamiltonian over the

occupied electronic states. Hence the factor f1(E): {1 + exp,8(E-µ}}·1, whereµ is

the chemical potential of the left reservoir. Moreover, Duke adds a factor

(1-fr{E}), where fr(E) = {1 + exp,B(e-µ+eVb)}-1, to "guarantee" the unoccupied

character of the final state of the electron. It turns out, however, that this

addition is of no influence on the final result. From the thus found current

density from left to right, a similar expression for the current density from right

to left is subtracted.

Let us work out Duke's recipe, and make a comparison with the work of

Coon and Liu11, the only authors who have questioned the correctness of (3.20).

In this section we will take the electron mass to be position but not energy

dependent. The solutions to the SchrOdinger or envelope equation:

fi. 2 k 2 fi.2 d( 1 d ) ~x{z)-20z m(z) QiX{z) + Eca{z)x{z) = ex{z) (3.21}

where Eca(z) -i 0 for z -i -11.J and Eco(z)-i --eVb for z -i +Ill, can be written as a

14R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562. See also the reviewing paper by G.A. Toombs and F.W. Sheard, in Electronic properties of multilayers and low-dimensional semiconductor structures, eds. J.M. Chamberlain et al., New York: Plenum, 1990, p. 257.

1sc.B. Duke, Tunneling in solids, New York: Academic, 1969.

16D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985) 172. 11See also: D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Solid State Commun. 55 (1985) 339.

Page 65: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling

Fig.3.4

1 p

i ~-_......,_......,_.,.__-+----1

p tat well 2nd

bll'l'ler barrier .

Sketch of the left and right incoming envelope f'unctiona. HorizontaUy the z-direction is plotted. ·

55

linear combination of a "left incoming" wave xl k (z) and a "right incoming" t:, n

wave x~ k (z), sketched in Fig.3.4: "' II

(3.22a.)

(3.22b)

where k1 = J 2mt:/'tl,2 - k11 2 and 1tr = J 2m( t:-eVb)/'tl,2 - k11 2. We assume one

effective mass m for the left and right reservoir. The transmission and reflection

amplitudes T, p, 1', p and coefficients T, R, T, R are functions of e and k11 2, a.s

are the normalization constants N and N. The complete envelope functions

ff! k (r) are products of x<; k (z) and the parallell part kexp(ik11 r 11 ), a= l,r. If "' IL, "• U we choose:

Page 66: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

56

we have:

for a is either 1 or r. In Dirac notation {3.24) reads:

where we have introduced the notation:

laEku>=Jd3rfa.Ek (r)lr> ' II

Chapters

(3.23a)

(3.23b)

(3.25)

To find out wether this basis {fa. k (r)} is orthogonal, we calculate the overlap

be 1 f d . h . . f, II

tween e t an ng t incoming waves:

(3.26a)

and find the thus introduced 1'J to equal:

Both the normalization constants N and N (3.23) and the overlap matrix

element 'fl (3.26) differ from the ones introduced by Coon and Liuu. Their

approach amounts to putting the structure in a box of length L/2 + D + L/2 l:j

L, where D is the structure width. This yields for the normalization factor N = J{L(l+R+T)/2} and a corresponding expression for N. However, to find the

lBD.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985) 172.

Page 67: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 57

al.lowed energies for this system is now a difficult task depending on the

(periodic or other) boundary conditions imposed. Taking k1 to be n(2r/L), n an

integer, - the usual bulk choice adopted by Coon and Liu -, is now incorrect,

and so is the transition :En .... Jdk1(L/27r), which would finally yield an N of

Coon & Liu: N = Jait~/de (1 + R + T]~

This result differs from our (3.23a) by the ratio ~1}~e in front of T. In the same r €

fashion, they find for 11:

For the important case of time-reversal symmetry, the difference has far­

reaching consequences. With our choice of normalization, 1/ turns out to be zero

and, therefore, the basis {I a e k11 >} orthogonal:

1 + R + ~1~ge · T = 1 + R + !t. T = 2 r € k1

whereas Coon and Liu are left with a nonzero 1/ and the complications of a

nonorthogonal basis.

From a physical viewpoint, the 1/ = 0 answer is the most satisfactory. It is

connected with the idea of conductance between two independent reservoirs.

Since the left- and right-incoming states are associated with the left and right

reservoir, respectively, no coupling between these states is expected. Let us work

out this idea of independent reservoirs by introducing a statistical or density

operator p that is the product of the density operators PL and Pa of the left and

right reservoir. Since we assume that both reservoirs are close to equilibrium at

the same temperature 1//3 but with different chemical potential P.L and µ.1:

(Vb being the voltage difference between the reservoirs), we can approximate

Page 68: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

58 Chapters

their density opera.tors by that for a grand canonical ensemble with appropriate

µ. Although PL and Pa represent a thermal equilibrium, their product p = PLPR. does certainly not. Using this p we can define the current density as the

statistical average of the current density operator J:

<J> = Tr{pJ} (3.27a.)

and since J is a single-particle opera.tor this expression is equal to19:

<J> = }] <nlflm> <mlJln> (3.27b) nm

where {In>} is any orthonormal set of one-particle states. Ta.king the states of

(3.25) as this set, we translate p = PLPB. into the matrix <nl fl m>:

(3.28)

With respect to the same basis, the matrix <m I JI n> is found to be:

(3.29)

J~r:i = Jdz' (x; (z')]*J(z,z')x'; (z') ....... e,k11 e,k11

where the current density opera.tor J(z,z') reads:

J(z,z') = ~[8~,fi(z'.z)m(!') + m(!')fi(z'~)8~,] In principle, the Ja13 ca.n depend on z, a.s can be seen from (3.29). In the static

situation considered here, however, all components a.re z-independent. In fa.ct,

we use this property to establish some relations between the transmission a.nd

reflection coefficients. Working out (3.29) we find for Ja13:

19W. Jones and N.H. March, Theoretical solid state physics, Vol. 1, London: Wiley-lnterscience, 1973; Appendix A3.6.

Page 69: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling

so that:

N·tN'·te!kl(-p*'f)] •

:&-~!k1(-T)

N· 1 :N-1 e !kt( r*p) l · :N-2e!kr(:R-l)

which relations express the conservation of probability.

59

Z-1-m

(3.30)

Z -1 +m

Combining (3.27-29) we obtain for the current density, since f is diagonal, a

simple sum of only two terms:

(3.31)

which is in fact the Duke expression with which we started this section. Hence

we have found that there is no need for non-orthogonality corrections as

proposed by Coon and Liu, nor for (1-f) factors a.s introduced by Duke.

3.5. Chemical potential

Our next subject, a.gain. receiving little attention in the existing resona.nt­

tunneling literature, is the choice of the Fermi level in the reservoirs that

sandwich the DBRT structure. Nevertheless, this para.meter is of utmost importance, both to the width and height of the current peak.

At first instance, the Fermi level may seem an issue of little controversy. It

is simply determined by the condition of charge neutrality20. Denoting the

density of electrons, donors and acceptors a.s n, Nd and Na, respectively, we can

express this condition a.s:

20See e.g. K. Seeger, Semiconductor Physics, Berlin: Springer, 1989; ch. 3.

Page 70: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

60 Chapter 3

(3.32)

where Ndn is the number of occupied donor states:

(3.33)

Here, Eco is the conduction band minimum, Ed is the energy of the donor level,

and g is the impurity level spin degeneracy21• /3 is the inverse temperature.

Inserting for the electron density:

(3.34a.)

where Ne is the effective density of states in the conduction band:

[ m ] 2/3

Nc=2~ (3.34b)

and "112(17) is a Fermi-Dirac integral of order':

(3.34c)

we have in (3.32) an equation for the Fermi energy Ef· This solution however is

never used in resonant-tunneling.

The reason for this absence must be sought in the fact that (3.32) is

appropriate only for situations with localized donors, i.e. small Nd· At higher

donor densities, interaction between individual donors becomes significant, the

discrete levels shift towards the base of the conduction band (Eco-Ed ... 0), and

broaden into an impurity band. "Impurity meta.111 is the term used for these

doped semiconductors22. The critical density at which transition to metallic

behaviour takes place is given by the Mott condition 23:

21See e.g. J.S. Blakemore, Semiconductor Statistics, New York: Pergamon, 1962. We will only consider the case of a single simple monovalent donor species and take g to be 2. 22Blakemore, op. cit. (1962). 23B.K. Ridley, Quantum processes in semiconductors, Oxford: Clarendon, 1988.

Page 71: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 61

> CD ->-CJ a: w z w

== a: w LL

Fig.3.5

0.02 0.6 0 -- ........... a:

' 0

" z

' 0 c c

" 0.4 w

0.00 !:::! \ z \ 0 -

\ LL

0.2 0 z 0

-0.02 -I-~ a:

0.0 LL

0 100 200 300

TEMPERATURE (K)

Fermi enerw vs. temperature for the cases of localized donors (Eq. {9.92), solid line}, weak impurity metal (Eq. (9.95}, coinciding with solid line}, and complete ioization of the donors (Eq. {9.96), broken line). Also plotted is the fraction of ionized donors (ri~ht a:r:is) according to Eq. {9.99). The donor concentration is 2· 102 m·3, the donor level is 5.899me V.

where ax• is the effective Bohr radius e li.2 'If~ o"· For GaAs, ax*,., lOn.m, so that

the critical concentration is ,., 2· 101 /cm.3• An experimental estimate of 5·1Q16/cm3 is reported24.

In the case of weak impurity metals, the density of states will be but little

affected, the impurity band essentially adding gNd non-localized states at energy

::: Eco· The condition for the Fermi energy now reads:

24B. Zimmerman, E. Marclay, M. Ilegems and P. Gueret, J. Appl. Phys. 64 (1988) 3581.

Page 72: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

62 Chapter 9

(3.35)

Also this solution is not met in the resonant-tunneling literature. For strong impurity metals, there is an appreciable overlap of the broad impurity band and

the conduction band, the density of states of which is now seriously perturbed. A mathematical description of this regime is far beyond the scope of this section25.

The approach generally met in the literature on DBRT modelling26 is to

assume that in the impurity-metallic situation, even at low temperatures, all

donors are ionized, and that the Fermi energy is given by:

(3.36)

which, together with the solutions of (3.32,35), is plotted as a function of temperature in Fig.3.5. This approach, however, neglects the considerable effects

on the density of states of the original conduction band. Most pronounced these effects should be on the lower energy states. Apart from scattering effects, this

impurity banding might be a partial explanation for the large valley currents in

DBRT devices, where low energy states and band tails play an important role.

3.6. Inelastic scattering in the Jonson-Grinewajg model

Although energy band considerations are important, they do not lead to

corrections that can account for the fact that the experimentally observed

peak-to-valley ratios (P.V.R.) are not up to the coherent predictions. Some

inelastic scattering mechanism has to be invoked for that purpose. One approach

to incorporate inelastic effects was proposed by Jonson and Grincwajg27. Without specifying what scattering process ca.uses the loss of coherence, their method

attributes to a DBRT structure a number, that serves as a measure for the

2'See for a theoretical treatment of impurity bands: I. M. Lifshits, S.A. Gredeskul and L.A. Pastur, Introduction to the theory of disordered systems, 1988; ch. 6. 260ften without comment; to mention a few: R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562; P. Gueret, C. Rossel, E. Ma.relay and H. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1989), 278; L. Eaves, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, ch. 5 in: Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990.

27M. Jonson and A. Grincwajg, Appl. Phys. Lett. 51 (1987) 1729.

Page 73: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 63

amount of incoherent tunneling. A number of authors28 have applied this method

to their calculations.

Jonson and Grincwajg begin their considerations with the series expansion of

the transmission amplitude 1' in Section 3.2:

1' = r2(l-PtP2)°1T1 = T2• l (PtP2)n· T1 (3.37) n•O

then-th term of which corresponds to an n-fold reflection (pJP2: back and forth)

between the two barriers. Full coherence (as can be seen from (3.37))

corresponds to adding the amplitudes before squaring:

{3.38)

Full incoherence would come down to the _opposite, i.e. the addition of

probabilities, which yields a transmission probability equal to:

(3.39)

This incoherent transmission probability obeys a real sequential expression: it is

equal to the probability· P 1 for an electron to reach the well, times the

probability P 2/(P1+P2) to leave the well at the collector side, given the fact that

the electron is in the well. As is immediately clear from (3.39), this sequential

expression can never explain a negative differential resistance. The approach by

Jonson and Grincwajg can be situated somewhere in between (3.38) and (3.39):

every internal reflection is associated with a loss of coherence expressed in a

number 7 between zero and unity. Now (3.37) is replaced by29:

28See e.g. D. Lippens, J.L. Lorriaux, 0. Vanbesien and L. de Saint Pol, in: Proc. of the 16th Int. Symp. on Gallium arsenide and related compounds 1989, Bristol: IOP, 1990; T.G. van de Roer, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M. Henini, Physica B 175 (1991) 301. · The latter reference relates the Jonson-Grincwajg approach to the use of a complex potential (damped wave !unction), a method not unknown to nuclear physicists. See also: P.J. van Hall and J.H. Wolter, Superlattices and Microstructures 8 (1990) 305. 291n Lippens et al. {1989) the h in the denominator is erroneously absent.

Page 74: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

64

In the same way, we find for the other amplitudes:

'f( 'Y) = h· 'f 1 'f2 l--YP1P2

Chapter S

{3.40a)

(3.40b)

(3.40c)

(3.40d)

As a consequence, R('Y) differs in general from R('Y). Also, the sum of R('Y) and

P( 'Y) : T( ;)kr/k1 no longer equals unity: the difference (1 - P - R) is interpreted

as the fraction of electrons that are stuck inside the well without the possibility

to leave it coherently. The probability that these electrons (after a sequential

proces) end up in the collector is P2/(P 1+P2). Hence the total transmission and

reflection probabilities are:

p Ptot = P(;) + [1-P('Y)-R('Y)Jrjir;, Rtot = 1-Ptot (3.41a)

Ptot = P(;) + [l-P('Y)-R(1)]p1!P2, Rtot = 1-Ptot (3.41b)

or, in worked-out form:

(3.42a)

(3.42b)

These transmission probabilities are equal only in the special cases that 'Y = 1 or

'Y = 0, corresponding to full coherence, Eq.(3.38), and full incoherence,

Page 75: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 65

~ VJ z w c 1-z w cc cc ::::> 0

Fig.3.6

Lcoh•20nm

10• ......... ":

1 o•

104

101

101 ......

........ ·· ..

. . . . . .

······· Lcoh•lnf

101 .......,.·-·~~-'-~~~'--~~~~~~~~~~~

0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

BIASM

1-V characteristics for the case of feU coherence (infinite f.c, dotted line) and finite le {!O nm, solid line).

Eq.(3.39), respectively3o. For 'Y close to unity, both transmissions are peaked at

cosa = 1 ( 'Y has no effect on the resonance position), with a half-width r a.

(HWHM):

r a. = 2· arcsin!fo'C'YJftiR2)) -./( 7./R1R2))] {3.43)

where in the first term the coherent width of {3.13) is recognized, and the second

term "'{14) represents the extra broadening of the transmission peak due to the

inelastic scatteringa•.

In order to make the para.meter 'Ya physically appreciable quantity, Jonson

and Grincwajg relate it to the inelastic scattering time t15 through

'Y = exp(-t/tu), where t is the time associated with one reflection inside the

30Therefore, the current expression as met in Jonson and Grincwajg {1987) and Lippens et al. (1989) is wrong.

UThis result is mathematically more precise than the (14) mentioned in Jonson and Grincwajg (1987).

Page 76: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging
Page 77: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Coherent Tunneling 67

well: t = 2mww/flkw with kw the local wave number. However, it seems more natural to make a connection 'between 'Y and the path length I. traveled by the electron during one reflection. H le denotes the coherence length, we write:

(3.44)

so that now 'Y will depend 32 on the lateral momentum k112• The large lateral

momenta have smaller 'Y values and are therefore more likely to be transmitted incoherently. Due to this dependence, 'Y(k11

2=0) can be close to unity and yet yield a small PVR. In Fig. 3.6 two I-V characteristics are presented, one for 4. = 20 nm, the other for an infinite le· The temperature is in both cases 4.2 K. The effect of a finite le is to decrease the peak current and to increase the valley current, thus yielding a smaller PVR. These three quantities are plotted vs. 'Y in Fig.3.7 for two different temperatures. At high temperatures, we see that the valley current even decreases with increasing le· At all temperatures, however, the largest effect is on the peak current, that collapses for 'Y just below unity. The resulting PVR is reduced by a factor of 100 for 'Y =i 0.9 (T = 4.2K) compared to the full-coherence situation.

a2le could be inversely proportional. to the cube root of the defect density. When interface roughness is considered, the kw2-term in the denominator of I. should be canceled, ·see Van de Roer et al. (1991). Furthermore, we prefer to regard 'Y as a probability amplitude and 12 as a probability.

Page 78: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

68 Chapter9

Page 79: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapter4

THE SELFCONSISTENT ELECTRON-POTENTIAL

4:.1. Introduction

Application of an electric field introduces a difference in chemical potential

between the contact regions of the DBRT structure, that serve as reservoirs, and

hence causes an electric current to flow through the device. Charge displacement

induces an additional field, which poses the problem of selfconsistency. The

selfconsistent field was shown to be responsible for a bistable1 or tristable2

current. Experimental evidence for this predicted phenomenon was not

considered convincing3, until a simultaneous monitoring of the charge build-up in the DBRT structure was performed4.

1V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58 (1987) 1256; V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, J. Physique C5 (1987) 463. 2D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Bandara and H. Zhao, Appl. Phys. Lett. M (1989) 2115.

3T.C.L.G. Sollner, Phys. Rev. Lett. 59 (1987) 1622, comment; V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 59 (1987) 1623, reply.

4E.S. Alves, L. Eaves,M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, F.W. Sheard

69

Page 80: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

70 Chapter 4

In this chapter, the effect of an external static electric field is described

within the BenDa.niel-Duke model for the conduction band, introduced in the

previous chapter. In Section 4.2 the effect of charge build-up in the doped

contact layers is studied. This space charge is of importance mainly to the

voltage axis of the I-V characteristic, although the current scale is affected also.

The charge build-up in the well is the topic of Section 4.3, in which its relation

to the current bistability is clarified.

4.2. The accumulation and depletion layer

The electric field in the DBRT structure due to the applied bias voltage Vb is

accompanied by space charge in the doped contact regions to the left and the

right of the central intrinsic layers. Generally, a charge sheet of zero width is

assumed, yielding a constant field inside and no field outside the central

structure5 8• Such a potential profile is reasonable for structures having heavily

doped electrodes that extend up to the barriers. In the case of moderately doped

electrodes or undoped spacer layers, it does not apply. Screening lengths on

either side of the central layers are then to be introduced7 s, A more realistic

charge distribution would extend into the doped layers, causing substantial band

bending according to Poisson's equation:

V[1'(z)· VEco(z)] = ep(z)/ £0 (4.1)

where Eco(z) is the conduction band minimum, and " is the static dielectric

constant that may be different in layers of different material (x1 ,B for material

A, B). p(z) is the charge density that can be written as:

p(z) = e[Nd(z) - n(z)] (4.2)

and G.A. Toombs, Electr. Lett. 24 (1988) 1190; C.A. Payling, E. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E. Simmonds, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, J. Physique C5 (1987) 289; C.A. Payling, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E. Simmonds, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Surf. Sci. 196 (1988) 404. 5R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 (1973) 562. 6F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1228. 7V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. B 35 (1987) 9387. 8C.A. Payling, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E. Simmonds, F.W. Shea.rd and G.A. Toombs, Surf. Sci. 196 (1988) 404.

Page 81: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 71

where Nd(z) is the doping profile, and n(z) the density of conduction band

electrons. The boundary conditions for (4.1) are Eco(-m) = O, Eco(+m) = -eVb.

Since the total structure must remain charge neutral, an additional restriction is

obtained from:

J+m

dz p(z) = 0 --Ill

(4.3)

which reads in terms of the electric displacement D(z) : e0x(z)F(z), F(z) the

electric field:

D(-m) = D( +(I))= 0.

To solve (4.1) we need an expression for the electron density n(z). An

approximate expression for n(z) ca.n be borrowed from the well-known Thomas­

Fermi screening theory9, generalizing the equilibrium expression:

(4.4)

[ m ]3/2

Nc=2· ~

valid for constant Eco to cases where Eco{z) varies slowly with position. Let us

denote the well and barrier widths by w, b1 and b2, and choose z = 0 to be the

middle of the well. Writing:

and zero otherwise, and:

n(z) = Nc.5'112(/1(µ1 - Eco(z))) ,

= Nc.5'112(/3{µ,;- Eco(z))) ,

z < -b1-w/2

z > w/2+b2

(4.5a)

(4.5b)

9N.W. Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, Solid sto.te physics, 1976; p.340. For the use of TF screening theory in quantum device modeling, see W.R. Frensley,· in: Nanostructure Physics and fabrication, eds. M.A. Reed and W.P. Kirk, San Diego: Academic, 1889.

Page 82: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

72 Chapter 4

where the chemical potentials are given by:

we can solve the system (4.1-2) numerically. There are, however, many reasons

(to be mentioned later) to not take this solution very seriously, especially for

large bias Vb· Here, we will present only a drastic simplification.

In this simplification, we do not link the functions n(z) and Eco(z) to ea.ch

other, but their average values na and Ecoa in the accumulation layer, to the left

of the first reservoir, and nd and Ecod in the depletion layer to the right of the

second reservoir. Now (4.5b) becomes:

n(z) = na = Nc~12(.8{µ1 -Ecoa)), -La-bi-w/2 < Z < -b1-W /2 ( 4.6)

= nd = Nc~12(.8(Pr - Ecod)) , w/2+b2 < z < w/2+b2+Ld

and zero otherwise. In ( 4.6), La and Ld are the widths of the accumulation and

depletion . layer, to be determined by a selfconsistent solution of the system.

Subsituting ( 4.6) in Poisson's equation ( 4.1 ), we obtain the potential drops in

both charge layers:

(4.7)

Charge neutrality ( 4.3) yields:

(4.8)

The electric displacement D in the central layers inside the "capa.citor11 is: D =

e(na-Ndo)La = e(Nd0-nd)Ld, so that the voltage drop across the well and

barriers is found to be:

The total voltage drop across the total structure including the electrodes must

Page 83: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 73

equal the applied bias :voltage, which boundary condition reads:

(4.9)

Eqs.( 4.6-9) constitute a system of six equations with six unknown quantities: na,

Ec0a, ta and nd, Ec0d, td, that can hence be sol:ved10•

The lengths ta and Ld ate of the order of the Debye or Thomas-Fermi

screening length, as can be seen as follows. For the accumulation layer,

Eqs.(4.1-4) can be combined into a single second-order, non-linear differential

equation:

where we have made use of the property of the Fermi-Dirac integrals, that

_(j) dJ :JI n (x) : (1il'"t(x) = "t-J(x). We can formally sol:ve this equation by substituting:

m

Eco(z) = p-1 l amexp(mqoz) m•t

which automatically satisfies one boundary condition: Eco(--m) = O. This lea:ves

one parameter, a11 to be determined by the other boundary condition, while all

other coefficients are recursi:vely related to a1:

The in:verse screening length q0 is found to equal:

(4.10)

19H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten, D. Lenstra and K. Kaski, SPIE VoL 1675 Quantum Well and Supperlattice Physics IV, 1992, p.57.

Page 84: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

74 Chapter 4

which for high temeratures approximates the inverse Deb ye length 11:

and for low temperatures reduces to the well-known Thomas-Fermi expression12:

where kr is the Fermi wave number (311'2Nd0) 113, and aH* is the effective Bohr

radius. Hence for la.rge negative z the band minimum Eco decays exponentially

over a length 1/q0• For small Vb, we find for the system (4.6-9) that:

>. = e • ~312(,BEr) 4qo \1"6+~ob1+qow+~ob2 ~112(.8Er)

Thus La is a decreasing, Ld an increasing function of Vb.

In the same way, the average potential in the accumulation layer is found to

be:

(4.11)

We now introduce an effective Fermi energy by writing (4.6) for the

accumulation layer as na = Nc"'i12(/fEreff). Hence: Ereff = Er - Ec0a. Through

the last term, the effective Fermi energy will depend on the applied bias. For

small Vb, we have, using (4.11):

11B.K. Ridley, Quantum processes in semiconductors, Oxford: Clarendon, 1988. 12c. Kittel, Quantum theory of solids, New York: Wiley, 1963 (p.112 without 11'); W. Jones and N.H. March, Theoretical solid state physics I, New York: Wiley, 1973 (p.408 with 11').

Page 85: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 75

1 6

5 ... 0

z • ;--.. Q.

" ·1 z • =--Q. ·2

!J 4

0 CS'

3 ~

0 CS'

2 a 1

·3 0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.2

V0 M V° (V)

0.6

o.s T•77K

~0.4

> :; 0.3

:: 0.2

0.1

0.0 l"'"=::::::..~-_.._~--X-.........J

0.0

Fig.4.1.

0.1 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.2

v• CV>

(a) Charge densities in acetimulation and depletion region, relative to the doping concentration eNd, w. the potential drop across the central layers VC. (b} Lengths of acetimulation and depletion region, relative to the screening length 1/q0, 118. VC. (c} Potential drops across the acetimtdation region va, the central undoped layers VC, and the depletion region Vd 118. VC. ( d} Effective Fermi level in accumtdation and depletion region 118. vc.

Page 86: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

76 Chapter 4

(4.12)

In Fig. 4.1, the screening lengths La and Ld, the charge densities pa : e(Nd0-na)

and pd : e(Nd0-nd), the effective Fermi levels for the accumulation and for the

depletion layer, and the potential drops across the various layers, obtained from

numerically solving (4.6-9), are plotted as functions of the applied bias voltage

Vb· It is seen that the linear dependence of ( 4.12) is quite accurate over a long

range of voltages.

The above model for the accumulation and depletion layers is in fact an

improved version of the one presented by Joosten et al. 13 In the original version,

the depletion layer was left out of consideration. The constituting equations then

become:

(4.13)

Here, Ls is to be considered an adjustible parameter. The system (4.13) was

developed with an eye to DBRT structures having undoped spacer layers

adjacent to the barriers. For such structures Ls is thought to be somehow related

to the spacer width, as can be seen from the fact that Ereff has no doping

concentration dependence. Eq.( 4.12), on the other hand, applies to heavily doped

electrodes with no spacers.

The function Ereff(Vb) can be determined experimentally from magneto­

tunneling measurements14• When a magnetic field perpendicular to the barriers is

applied, oscillations in the current are observed that are periodic in 1/B, with

periodicity 1/Br: (mElffjtie)-1• Hence, "measuring" the fundamental field Br at

various biases yields a plot of Ereff vs. Vb· The magneto-tunneling results of

13H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184 (1990) 199; H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta T 33 (1990) 219. The calculations presented in chs. 5 and 6 are based on this model. 14See ch. 6.

Page 87: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 77

-t:. a:f

Fig.4.2.

15

10

5

0 0.00 0.05 0.10

.· ..

0.15 0.20

Fundamental field Br, proportional to the effective Fermi energy, vs. bias voltage Vb· The squares are the measurements of Payling et al.; the bold curve is the solution of Eqs.(..1.6-9); the dotted curve is the solution of (..1.13) with L5 = 15 nm.

Payling et al.15 are reproduced in Fig. 4.2, together with the theoretical curves of

both (4.6-9) and (4.13)16.

Although the Thomas-Fermi approach (4.4) can be (and has been17) exploited in

numerically far more sophisticated way than is done in our constant-p model, we

nevertheless stick to the latter crude approximation. The fact is, that

Thomas-Fermi is unable to deal with the quantum effects that are dominantly

present near the barriers1B. Since the electrons cannot penetrate very far into the

1sc.A. Payling, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P .E. Simmonds, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Surf. Sci. 196 (1988) 404.

16The structure parameters used are those of Payling et al. except for the contact doping Ndo = 2.1017 cm-3, which is replaced by 1.1017 cm-3 to give the same Br at Vb = 0. The parameter 15 is chosen 15 nm.

17T.G. van de Roer et al., {Proc. 16th Int. Symp. on) GaAs and related compounds 1989, Bristol: IOP, 1990; p.831. 1BG.A. Baraff and J.A. Appelbaum, Phys. Rev. B 5 (1972) 475.

Page 88: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

78 Chapter,/.

barrier, the amplitude of their wave functions will be small near the barrier.

Consequently, the electron density is minimal just before the barrier, where Thomas- Fermi predicts a maximum. The Friedel type of oscillations in the

density that result from this repellence are of course absent in the semiclassical

result. Furthermore, the triangular well in front of the emitter barrier that is formed at finite bias, gives rise to bound states19 20. Hence the accumulation is 2D

in character, while the Thomas-Fermi result is a 3D one. Thus one should not

consider these Thomas-Fermi densities too realistic. Surprisingly, the potential

profiles Eco( z) obtained from the semicla.ssical ( 4.4) are quite a.curate, especia.lly for the accumulation layer, compared to self-<:onsistent quantum-mechanical calculations21. Our constant-p model (4.6-9) can therefore be motivated thus: for

the potential, a crude approximation to ( 4.4) already suffices, for the charge

density, the exact solution of (4.4) still fails.

19Since these states extend into the collector, they are, strictly speaking, not bound states, but resonances with a finite width, very similar to the "well-based" resonances that are central in resonant tunneling.

2osee e.g. T.G. van de Roer, O. Abu-Zeid, H.C. Heyker, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H.P. Joosten, H. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M. Henini, Procs. 15th annual semicond. conj. CAS 1992, Sinaia Romania, 1992i p.557.

21Y. Ra.jakarunanayake and T.C. McGill, J. Va.c. Sci. Technol. B 5 (1987)1288.

Page 89: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 79

4.3. Se1fconsistent study of coherent tunneling through a doub1e barrier structure22

Abstract - We present a model of the double barrier resonant-tunneling diode (DBRTD), in which the tunneling is described in a 1D transfer matrix approach, based on full wave coherence, and in which the electronic potential is determined selfconsistently from the 3D charge distribution in the structure. Within this simple model, we are able to describe the diode's intrinsic bistability. Results are presented in the form of I-V-<llaracteristics for GaAs-AlGaAs structures. Our approach is evaluated with respect to existing models.

1. Introduction

The Double Barrier Resonant-Tunneling Diode (DBRTD for short) is a new

device with interesting electronical and physical features. Its nonlinear behaviour

with negative differential resistance as well as possible bistable behaviour and.

hysteresis gives it very interesting potential applications [1], [2], [3]. The physics

is interesting as its functional properties are directly based on, and in fact

demonstrate fundamental quantum mechanical phenomena, a characteristic it

has in common with other mesoscopic systems [4]. In this paper we set ourselves two aims. Firstly, we will give a description of the

DBRTD's operation in the context of a fully quantum mechanical treatment,

implying coherent wave propagation and the selfconsistent electronic potential.

Secondly, we will compare our model to other approaches, especially to those not

assuming wave coherence, but using the alternative mechanism of sequential

tunneling. In this respect we mention the work by Luryi [5], Goldman et al. [6], and Sheard and Toombs [7]. Important point of comparison will be the intrinsic

bistability in the I-V-<llaracteristic of the DBRTD.

Let us start by giving a short description of the DBRTD: the diode consists of

several layers of different semiconducting materials (often GaAs and AlGaAs),

doped and undoped ones. We will concentrate on the five central undoped layers:

the well sandwiched between two barriers, in turn surrounded by two so-called

spacer-layers, in all about 200 A long. All other layers in front of (behind) this

central part are conceived of as an ideal reservoir (sink) of thermally distributed

22This section was previously published as a paper: H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, "Selfconsistent stud)". of coherent tunneling through a double-barrier structure11

, Phys. Scripta T33 l1990), 219-226. · References between square brackets [ ] are listed on page 96.

Page 90: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

80

Fig.1

(a) c..

servoir .._Cll ............ QI ltl -sr

re

Ga As GaAs (doped)

Lsp

(b)

energy

Hl

first well barrier

Al0•4G<Jo.6As Ga As

L1 L'w

Eo

Chapter 4

.._c.. second sink ..c QI

barrier en~ ·-c.. "-111

A10.4Gao.£fs GaAs Ga As !dope d)

L2 Lsp

(a) Layer structure of the DBRTD. (b) Schematic diagram of the corresponding electron potential energy under the application of an external bias voltage VB (dashed line); modeUing of the conduction hand edge: in each layer the potential energy is replaced by its average value (solid line).

particles (see Fig. la). This conceptual description or electrical conduction

associated with coherent tunneling or particles between reservoirs was developed

by Landauer [8] and Biittiker et aL [9].

Because of the difference in bandga.p energy between the two semiconducting

materials, electrons experience a transition from one layer to another as a

Page 91: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 81

sudden change in their potential energy (see Fig. lb). We assume an applied bias

voltage VB to this structure to have three effects: first, the reservoir is filled up

to a certain Fermi level (or, at non-zero temperature, in accordance with the

Fermi-Dirac distribution). This defines the electronic input into the structure.

Secondly, the build-up of electronic charge in the undoped layers implies

electrostatic potentials across the barriers (see Fig. lb). Finally, a current I will

result, flowing perpendicular to the barrier layers.

The I-VB curve of the DBRTD exhibits its characteristic features: non-linearity,

negative differential resistance, and a certain interval of VB where every VB corresponds to more than one current value. It is this I-VB curve that we want

our model to explain. Assuming wave coherence means considering the DBRTD a Hamiltonian system,

described by an ordinary ScbrOdinger equation. With a perfect layer structure,

the motion perpendicular to the layers can be separated from the motion parallel to the layers. Thus, we can use a 1D tunneling approach (section 2), restoring

the three-dimensionality when calculating charge and current densities (section

3). The interdependence of the electron potential and the electron density

necessitates a selfconsistent solution (section 4), which is worked out numerically

for a symmetric and an asymmetric structure (section 5).

2. Resonant Tunneling

The DBRTD's operation is based on two quantum phenomena: tunneling through a potential barrier, and resonance in a quantum well. Both are, in the

lD case, easily treated in the transfer matrix approach. To use this approach, we

suppose the electrons in the conduction band to be quasi-free particles of energy

E-Ee = 7i2Jt2/2m*, with m* the effective mass and Ee the bottom of the conduction band (envelope function formalism [10]). Thus, a flux of incoming

monoenergetic electrons can be described by a plane wave exp(ikz). In the

following we take Ee at the left spacer to be the zero of the energy scale (see Fig. ·

lb). Furthermore, we will use only one effective mass for the entire structure.

The electronic potential is approximated by a piece-wise constant potential: this

makes the model easier to handle, while it can be shown that no essential

changes are introduced with regard to the resulting current-voltage features.

[11]. Attributing to the first barrier (width Li. height H1i potential drop across the

barrier V1) a reflection coefficient R1 now means that an incoming wave '¢'1(z) =

Page 92: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

82 Chapter 4

exp(ikz) of energy E=h2k2/2m* will be partly reflected by the barrier, resulting

in a wave 1/Jr(z) = JR1.exp(-ikz-iip1-i01), and partly transmitted, leading to a

wave 1/Jt(z) = J(},cl-R1)).exp(ik'z-i01), k'=J(k2+2m*V i/h2). The barrier is

completely described by the three functions R11 rp1 and 01 of wave number k or

energy E. Analogously, the second barrier can be characterized by quantities R2,

02 and rp2• To the two barriers together, seen as one complex barrier structure,

can also be attributed a reflection coefficient R which can be expressed in R1 and

~ of the separate barriers. However, we cannot simply multiply (1-R1) and

(1-R2) to find (1-R): the well between the barriers serves as a resonator, in

which transmitted and reflected waves may interfere destructively or

constructively. Taking into account this interference yields a total (1-R) given

by:

l-R = (l-R1 )( l-R2) ) , (l-./R1R2)2+ 4JR1R2. sin2( a--7)

(1)

where a= k'Lw and 7 = !{01+0rrp1+1P2+r). Since the energy dependence of 1-R is dominated by sin'( a-,,), the positions of

the maxima of 1-R are fairly well determined by the equation:

a(E) - 1(E) = nr, n=O,:t:l,:1:2,. .. (2)

This is the resonance condition and for every n we may fmd a resonance energy

Eres,n as a solution of (2). In the following we will consider one resonance energy

(the lowest; n=O) only. From (1) we see that:

corresponding to a peak-to-valley ratio of ((HJR1R2)/(1-./R1R2))2, which can

be, for R1=R2=0.998, as large as 10s. The first maximum is thus a sharp peak,

to which (if R1R2>0.0294) can be attributed a line width !::.a (full width at half

maximum), which can be derived straightforwardly from (1):

(4)

Page 93: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The set/consistent electron-potential 83

From (3) we see that for R1=R2 the maximum of (1-R) equals unity. However, a good measure of the resonance's weight is the area under the peak rather than its height. Integrating over a from 'Y-1?!' to 'f+!?r, we find this area S to be:

S('y) = Ida (1-R) = ?r (l-R1 )( l-R2). (l-R1~)

(5)

One might conclude from (3) to (5) that only R1 and R2 are important, and that we can ignore the phase shifts 81,2 and cp1,2 all together. However, R1 and R2 must be evaluated at E=Eres• and since Eres is determined by these phase shifts via (2), it follows that the phases play an essential role in this approach. If both R1 and R2 are close to unity, the peak is so sharp that, in integrations, we can approximate 1-R by a 6--function,

dEI 1-R(E) "'Q(i Eres S(a(Eres)) 6(E-Eres). (6)

From (6) we see that the double barrier filters out precisely the energy Eres= an energy channel is defined, through which the electrons with E=Eres can pass to the well and through the whole structure. The resonance is not a truly bound state, since there is always a possibility for the particle to leave the well by tunneling through one of the two barriers (i.e. the wave function lea.ks out of the well). This implies a broadening LlE of the resonance level. Although working with a time-independent SchrOdinger equation, we can use this LlE to make an estimate of the life time At, writing [12]:

(7)

where Vres = ./ 2CEres+Vi)_ This is by a factor 1/Lla larger than the time m•

needed to traverse the well. We will look at At as a measure of the time that the electrons spend in the well (the so-called dwell time, see Section 6). Let us now calculate the densities in the well and the spacer layers on the left and the right side of the structure. Since the wave functions are plane waves, we have to consider only one z-value in each layer. In the left-hand spacer, there are an incoming and a reflected wave:

I IP1I 2 + I v>rl 2 "' l+R(E) ' (Sa)

Page 94: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

S4 Chapter 4

while in the right-hand spacer, there is only a transmitted wave:

(Sb)

In the case of the well, a little algebra leads to:

lv>weul 2111 (l-R(E)).~+l:-J<E!v 1) • (Sc)

Because of the energy filtering by the barrier structure, the electronic densities

both in the well and at the end of the structure contain the factor 1-R, thus

exhibiting the same resonant structure. However, this does not imply that the

electrons in these regions a.11 have the same energy, since the E in (S) is only the

part of the energy associated with the tunneling direction. To find the energy

distribution in the well and at the end of the structure, we have to consider the

problem in all three dimensions.

3. Three Dimensionality

Until now, we have only considered a lD tunneling problem. To calculate charge

densities, however, we need to take into account the other two dimensions as

well. Here, we use the fact that the energy in the tunneling direction is

conserved. Taking z to be the tunneling direction, we can separate in the 3D

Density Of States (DOS), g3, the contributions from the parallel and the

perpendicular directions:

(9)

so that we can write for the 3D electronic concentration n3:

(10)

Here, fFD(E) is the Fermi-Dirac distribution, the moments of which a.re known

Page 95: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 85

as the Fermi~Dirac integrals ~(11) (see [13]):

with f3 = 1/k8T the inverse temperature. Assuming plane waves in the x- and

y-direction, we can express the 2D electronic density n2(Ez) in terms of

.510(/3Er):

with Ne the effective number of states per unit volume in the conduction band

(without spin!).

The lD DOS g1(Ez,z) in (10) can be expressed in terms of the wave functions

W(z) determined by the transfer matrix approach (see section 2):

(12)

Eqs.(10)-(12) allow us to calculate the electronic concentrations at the beginning

of the structure (z=O), at the end (z=L1+Lw+L2), and in the well (z=L1+!Lw)· In the z=O case, the norm squared of the wave function is proportional .to (l+R)

(see (8)), which we approximate by 2 since R(E)d except for E=Eresi the remaining integral is the Fermi-Dirac integral of order ~:

(13)

(g5=2 takes into account spin degeneracy).

In the other two cases (z=L1+iLw and z=L1+Lw+L2), the norm squared of the wave function is proportional to (1-R) (see (8)), which we replace by the

6--function (6); thus we obtain for the concentration at the end ofthe structure:

n(L+L +L)-IJ'_Nf213

.%(R(1<'--E )) l( Eres+V, )~(1-R,fr(l-R2) 3 l w 2 - oi; w 0 fl...,,. res V' Eres+V 1 +V2 {1- 1R2) (l

4)

and in the well:

Page 96: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

86 Chapter-I

(15)

In (14) and (15), R1 and R2 are to be evaluated at E=Eres· If we had taken into

account more than one resonance, there would have appeared a sum over all

resonances in these equations. Since ~(,B(ErEres)) is a rapidly decreasing

function of Eresi the contribution of higher resonances to the concentrations can

in most cases be neglected.

In the same way as we determined the concentrations, we can also determine the

current density Jz· Since Jz is independent of z, we can evaluate it at any

position. If we concentrate on the end of the structure, we have n3(L1+Lw+L2)

electrons per unit volume, all with the same velocity component in the

z-direction Vres = J(2(Eres+V1+V2)/m*). Using Jz = e Vres na yields:

J =ea_ N f 213 «s:(,6(1"--E )) t(2(Er es+ V1)) i(l-R1k( l-R2) . (l6) z ~ w vg ""!' res V' m* (1- 1R2)

With (16) we have found the current density as a function of Eres• EF and V 1•

The latter quantities should now be expressed in terms of the bias VB· Before

presenting how to do this selfconsistently, we use (15) and (16) to make a second

estimate of the dwell time in the well, dividing the (areal) charge density in the

well by Jz: 6.t = e.L .... n3(L1+!Lw)/Jz = Cf ~~~).Lw/vres [7],[12]. It is easily shown that this expression coincides with (7) if R2<<R1!::!l, as is the case in a

biased DBRTD. A further discussion is postponed to Section 6.

4.Selfconsistency

Given V 1 and V 2 we are able to determine the resonance levels, and R1 and R2 at

these energies. Given, in addition, the Fermi level EF, we a.re able to evaluate

the electronic concentrations in the structure and the current density. In reality,

the device is part of a.n electric circuit: a bias voltage Vb is applied to it, a.nd the

current is measured. So what we need in order to determine the I-V curve, are

the functions that relate EF, V1 and V2 to VB. Because we also want to include

the phenomenon of bistability, we will not look for Er(VB) etc., for these will

not be single-valued functions. In stead, we will . option for a parametric

description, using EF as a parameter, a.nd determine the functions V 1(EF ),

V2(EF) and VB(EF)·

Page 97: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 87

The central relation of our model then reads:

(17)

It states that both the filling of the left-hand reservoir (characterized by E.,) and the bending of the conduction band edge (expressed by V 1 and V 2) result

from the application of VB. The band bending is due to accumulation up charge in the central, undoped

layers of the DBRTD. Therefore, V1 and V2 can be related to the charge

concentrations at the beginning of the structure and in the well:

Eq.(18) is nothing but a simplified Poisson equation: in fa.ct, we have assumed

the charge to be concentrated in two narrow sheets, one positioned at z=O, the

other at z=L1+!Lw, and calculated the potential drops in capacitor analogy.

Substituting in (18) the results (13) and (15), we find:

(19a)

v = t2+ttw v + e2

tL +1L )g N 2/3~({3(1<'--E ))!(l-R1:k'l+R2) 2 1+ w t %' 2 2 w s c o ..,I!, res (1- 1R 2 ) •

(19b)

This would conclude our task, since (19) suggests that V1(Er) and V2(Er) are found. However, V2 depends on the resonance energy, and, in turn, to determine Eres we need to know V 2• This problem is another aspect of seHconsistency that

every model of the DBRTD encounters. In our simple model it only involves the

potential drop V 2 across the second barrier. More generally, seHconsistency is

the demand to solve the SchrOdinger equation and Poisson's equation simultaneously.

Before presenting our solution of the set.of equations (16), (17) and (19) (see

Section 5), we will introduce some simplifications, giving insight into the nature of the bistability and allowing us to make a direct comparison with literature,

Page 98: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

88

0.500 .---.,.---.---.--,--,---..--.--...,---,---.,.--,

~ -< ~ 0.250

0 0.250

Ve CVI

0.500

Chapter 4

Fig. 2 The I- V characteristics resulting from the simple approximation {20} at zero temperature; the parameter values used are those of the symmetric sample of Section 5.

especially with Sheard and Toombs [7]. Following [7], let us assume the

resonance energy to be constant with respect to the bottom 0£ the well (Eres + V1 = constant = E0); this is a very reasonable approximation as can be seen

from Fig.3a, where E0 vs. Er is drawn. (as calculated with the exact equations

{16)-{19)). Let us further assume zero temperature. We define the constants A,B

and C:

C _ 1 (2m*) e 12E0 -&g;r ~ r;vm.•

Page 99: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 89

with which we can write:

eVe = EF + A.EF3/2 +

BJl(tl:lt'lt +j2l.(EF+A1Er3/2_Eo).O(EF+A1EF3/LEo).O(Eo-A1EF3/2) 1 2 (20)

Jz = 0Jl{t1~t)2).(EF+A1Er3/LE0).6(Er+A1EF3/2-Eo).O(Eo-A1EF3/2) '

where O(x)=O (1) for x<O (x~O) is the unit step function. The two step functions

enter the equation because Eres = E0-V 1 has to be positive in order to have a

resonance, and Eres has to be smaller than Er, otherwise there would be no electrons able to reach the channel. In fact, R1 and R2 are still functions of EF,

thus blocking an easy solution of (20). But if we treat them as constants ( d [7]), we can readily draw the Jz-VB curve from {20); see Fig. 2. The unrealistic (nearly) triangular shape of this I-V curve is due to the fact that the factors

(l-R1){1:1:R2)/{1-R1~) are not constant, as can be seen from Fig.3b, where

these factors (as calculated with the original equations (16) to {19)) have been

drawn.

From (20) and Fig. 3, we see that there exists an interval of V8 for which every

V8 corresponds to three different Er- {and thus Jz-) values. This is the

aforementioned bistability, two of the three solutions being stable, the other

being unstable. The width of the bistability interval !::.. Vbist is according to (20) equal to:

(21)

If we substitute in {21) T1=1-R1 and T2=1-~ (neglecting the difference in wave

number) and further assume these transmission coefficients to be small, !::.. Vbist

turns out to be proportional to Ttf(T1+T2), in accordance with Eq.(8) of Ref.[7].

This proportionality makes clear that bistability is more pronounced in asymmetric structures than in symmetric ones [14]: for an unbiased symmetric

structure, T1=T2, while in the biased situation T2 will be larger than T1 (and

close to unity), so that the factor Tif{T1+T2) is of the order 'I\. For the

asymmetric structure, however, T1<T2 in the unbiased situation, while in the

biased situation T~Tb so that now the factor Ti/(T1+T2) is of the order unity.

The above discussion shows that the results of a sequential tunneling picture (in

Page 100: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

90

Fig.3

Chapter 4

:; 0

UJ 0.1000

0.0990 0.060 0.120 0

Ef leVJ

0.600 ---- - - -- ...

~~ ....

...... ..... • q;: ...... = cX ' -;:.. I ,xsooo a: .... . - ' c

' .-JN

' 0300 ' '\ \

&" r£' \

):..

' - ct cF I ' ' .:c \ .... ' .-JN

0 0.()60 0.120

EF !eVJ

(a) The resonance ener!J1J 'With respect to the bottom of the well E0 is drawn as a /'Unction of the fermi level Er.; {b) The factors !(1-R 1 )(l +Rz) (solid line) and 171-R 1 }{l -RzJ (dashed line, z5000}

(1-R1R2) (1-R1R 2 ) as a function of the fermi level.&. The results in (a) and {b) are based on the ezact model el]'IJ.ations (16)-(19}.

this case Ref.[7]) can be retrieved in a coherent tunneling approach. In fact,

these results were found by making crude simplifications in our original

equations (16), (17) and (19). Since for us, th~re is no reason to hold on to these

Page 101: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 91

simplifications, we will drop them in the next section by dealing with the original equations directly.

5. Results

The approximation leading to (20) is very crude, especially in the bistable

interval. Therefore, to get a realistic 1-V curve, we have to solve the original

equations (19) iteratively with the help of a computer. This we have done for a

GaAs-AlxGa1.xAs structure. With x=0.4 a barrier height corresponds of 0.44e V

[lS]. For the lengths of spacers, barriers and well, we take: (L8p)-LrLw-L2 = (28.3)-56.6-50.9-56.6 A. The effective mass and the relative dielectric constant

are ta.ken to be the ones of GaAs at zero temperature: m*=0.067m0 and er=13.18 · [lS]. The results are shown in Fig.4, for T=4.2 K (Fig.4a), T=77 K (Fig.4b),

and T=300 K (Fig.4c). Temperature has the effect of smoothing out the curves,

while the current's maximum remains nearly unchanged. The bistability interval

is hardly noticeable in this symmetric case. The same calculations have been done for a configuration that differs from the

one described above only in one respect: the width of the second barrier L2 is

enlarged to 84.8 A. The results are shown in Fig.4 d, e and f. In this asymmetric

case a bistability interval of about 0.1 V is found, much larger tha.n in the

symmetric case.

Two features of the 1-V curves, the maximum current Jz,max and the width of

the bistability interval !J. Vb!sti are investigated with respect to their dependence on the various structure lengths. We have varied only one structure parameter

at a time, giving all other parameters the same values as in the symmetric

sample described above. The results are presented in Fig.5 a, b a.nd c. From

Fig.Sa. we see that Jz,max depends exponentially on L1• Fig.Sc is another

demonstration of the aforementioned relation between asymmetry and

bistability.

For the symmetric structure, a. direct comparison with experiment (Ref.[3]) is

possible: at 77 K the I-V curve was measured to have a. maximum corresponding to a current density of 1.0x107 A/m2 at a bias of 0.69 V. Our numerical results show a. maximum of 2. 7x107 A/m2 at a bias of 0.27 V. This discrepancy ca.n be

partly explained by the fact that our model does not include a subtle description

of the leads and contacts. A first attempt to take these into account as well led

to encouraging results. A further explanatory factor could be the fact that our

Page 102: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

92

i <t 1! 0.200 ... -.

Chapter 4

01--...1--1-.c....1~-'---'--'-......... '--..._-"--' ~~0..--...,.... ........ --.~-..--.--r--..---r--.---,

Fig.4

0600

VB(V) VB(V)

The I - V characteristics resulting from numerically solving the exact equations (16)-(19), for the spmmetric sample {L2=LJ, at T=4.2 K {a), at 77 K (b), and at SOO K (c); and for the asymmetric sample {L2>LJ, at T=,/..2 K {d), at 77 K {e}, and at SOOK(/). For the parameter values, see Section 5.

calculations were done with one effective mass only. Besides, a factor 2 or 3

mismatch is not really alarming, considering the exponential relationships in Fig.5. Therefore, the model is thought to give a good description of resonant tunneling.

Page 103: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 93

6. Discussion

We will now discuss our DBRTD-model in comparison with other approaches.

Pioneering work was done by Tsu and Esaki [1], whose theory was further

developed by Ricco and Azbel [14] and Mendez [12]. In their model, the

transmission is calculated assuming coherent wave propagation, while the Fermi

level is thought to be a constant, in analogy with metals. This would be correct

in moderately to highly doped semiconductors, but is certainly incorrect when

dealing mainly with undoped layers (like we do). The potential drops are not

selfconsistent, bistability is not reported.

A second model is proposed by Luryi [5]: here, the negative differential

resistance is explained by sequential tunneling: during the particles' stay in the

well, wave coherence is supposed to be lost. This picture is used by Goldman et al. [6], who combined it with selfconsistent potential drops and were thus able to

predict intrinsic bistability. Also, Sheard and Toombs [7] worked within the

sequential tunneling approach. Using a constant EF, they too were able to

explain bistability (see also the discussion around (20)).

For completeness, we also mention the work by Ohnishi et al. [16], who worked

out a sophisticated selfconsistent version of resonant-tunneling (no bistability

found); and the work by Kluksdahl et al. [17], who used Wigner distribution

functions (and found bistability).

On four points we will compare our model to the models of Refs.[1], [5], (6], (7],

(12], (14], (16] and (17]. First, we have presupposed wave coherence, and thus

worked within the resonant-tunneling approach. To defend this choice, it may

not be enough to point at the fact that the structure length (typically 200 A) is

much shorter than the electronic mean free path (of the order of lµm., TN77 K),

since, classically spoken, the particles are reflected many times between the

barriers. Therefore, the dwell time of the particles in the well (Eq.7) may be

compared to the scattering time. For the symmetric structure we looked at (see

section 5) this dwell time is circa 2 ps, while the scattering time is about 8 ps.

Contrary to Luryi and Mendez, we therefore conclude that for this kind of

structures, wave coherence is preserved anyway.

A second point of comparison is the choice of the Fermi level in the left

reservoir. Refs.(1] and (7] take this to be independent of the applied bias voltage,

and equal to the Fermi level in the right reservoir, both assumptions being quite

good in the case of metals or moderately to highly doped semiconductors.

Contrary to this (and in agreement with Goldman (6]), our Fermi level is the

Page 104: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

94

N" E -~ x IU E N ......

~ .... "' :c

> <I

5 10 30

90

60

30

030 +-

Chapter 4

Lsplll

10 9 10 30 50

b

6 50 70 90 10 30 50 70 90

Ll'L2 ca1 Lwlll

'/ I I +·

I +·

50 70 90 L1.L2 Ill

Fig. 5 {a,b): The maximum of the current density ~.max as a fe,nction of one of the stru.cture parameters L1 {a, 0-0-0), £2 ca, +-+-+), Lw {b, 0-0-0, lower scale} and Lsp {b, +-+-+, upper scale}, keeping aU other parameter values the same as in the symmetric sample of Section 5. (c): The width of the bistability intenJal 6. VbiJt as a function of one of the stru.cture parameters L1 {o-o-o), and L2 c+-+-+), keeping all other parameter values the same as in the symmetric sample of Section 5.

Page 105: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

The selfconsistent electron-potential 95

result of (and therefore appears in the formula for) VB (Eq.(17)). When VB=O,

we know the Fermi level to be somewhere below the conduction band edge,_ and

this speaks against a constant~· Thirdly, let us look at how the potential drops in the structure are determined.

In [1] the bias is simply divided by the number of barriers. All others think of

the band bending as caused by charge accumulation in the structure and thus as

determined by Poisson's equation. Only [16] solves this equation by integration,

others simplify it by two (our model, [7]) or five [6] potential steps.

Final point of comparison is the intrinsic bistability: since this is thought to be

the result of the charge build up in the well, only the selfconsistent models are

able to describe this phenomenon. That Ref.[16] did not find bistability must be

due to the fact that in the case of symmetric barriers - the case they examined -the bistable interval is very small, as was discussed below (21). This discussion

showed that the results of the sequential tunneling approach are retrieved in our

resonant tunneling model. This is not so surprising as it may seem. In fact, the name "sequential tunneling11 is not very appropriate: it does not mean that

probabilities in stead of amplitudes should be multiplied. For then there would be no resonant or 2D state in the well. In the resonant tunneling picture, this

state is not a bound state, but a true resonant state, i.e. broadened by the fact

that it can explore its surroundings beyond the barriers. In the sequential

tunneling, the presence of a resonant channel is simply assumed, not explained.

Its broadening, said to be due to collisions or inelastic scattering, is made

proportional to T2, the transmission of the second barrier. This combination,

then, approximately leads to the resonant-tunneling answers. In short, it seems

to us that many of the sequential tunneling approaches are in fact intuitive

versions of coherent resonant tunneling.

In conclusion, we have presented a simple model of the DBRTD, in which lD resonant tunneling based on phase coherence is combined with selfconsistent

potentials and a selfconsistent Fermi level. We have shown that the wave

coherence picture is consistent for the discussed parameter sets. The intrinsic

bistability is an easily understandable consequence of the model. In· spite of its

simplicity, our model yields realistic I-V-characteristics.

Acknowledgments - We thank W. van Haeringen and T.G'. Van de Roer for

stimulating discussions. Part of this work was supported by the Stichting voor

Fundamenteel Onderzoek der Materie (FOM).

Page 106: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

96 Chapter 4

References

[1]. Tsu, R. a.nd Esa.ki, L., Appl. Phys. Lett. 22, 562 (1973). Chang, L.L.,

Esa.ki, L. and Tsu, R., Appl. Phys. Lett. 24, 593 (1974).

[2]. Leadbeater. M.L., Alves, E.S., Eaves, L., Henini, M., Hughes, O.H.,

Shea.rd, F.W., and Toombs, G.A., Semicond. Sci. Technol. _a, 1060 (1988).

[3]. Van de Roer, T.G., Heyker, H.C., Kaufmann, L.M.F., Kwa.spen, J.J.M., Schemma.nn, M., Joosten, H.P., Lenstra., D., Noteborn, H., Henini, M.

and Hughes, O.H., 16th Int. Symp. on Ga.As and related compounds

1989, Ka.ruiza.wa., Japan (accepted for publication).

[4]. Imry, Y.1 in 11Directions in Condensed Matter Physics", (eds. Grinstein,

G. a.nd Ma.zenko, G.), p.101 World Scientific Press, Singapore, 1986.

[5]. Luryi, S., Appl. Phys. Lett. 47, 490 (1985).

[6]. Goldman, V.J., Tsui, D.C. and Cunningham, J.E., Phys. Rev. B 35, 9387

(1987); Phys. Rev. Lett. M, 1256 (1987).

[7]. Shea.rd, F.W. and Toombs, G.A., Appl. Phys. Lett.~. 1228 (1988).

[8]. Burt, M.G., Semicond. Sci. Technol. .a, 739 (1988).

[9]. Landauer, R., in "Localization, Interaction and Transport Phenomena.",

(eds. Kramer, B., Bergmann, G. and Bruynsera.de, Y.), p.38 Springer,

Heidelberg, 1985.

[10]. Biittiker, M., Imry, Y., Landauer, R. and Pinha.s, S., Phys. Rev. B 31,

6207 (1985)

[11]. Joosten, H.P., Notebom, H.J.M.F. and Lenstra., D., Internal Report, Eindhoven University of Technology 1989

[12]. Mendez, E.E., Esa.ki, L. and Wang, W.I., Phys. Rev. B 33, 2893 (1986).

Mendez, E.E., in "Physics and Applications of Quantum Wells a.nd

Superla.ttices" (eds. E.E. Mendez a.nd K. von Klitzing), p. 159 Plenum

Press New York and Londen, 1987.

[13]. Blakemore, J.S., "Semiconductor Statistics", Pergamon Press,

Oxford-London-New York-Paris, 1962.

[14]. Ricco, B. a.nd Azbel, M.Ya.., Phys. Rev. B 29, 1970 (1984). [15]. Ada.chi, S., J. Appl. Phys. M, Rl (1985).

[16]. Ohnishi, H., Ina.ta., T., Muto, S., Yokoyama., N. and Shiba.tomi, A., Appl. Phys; Lett. 49, 1248 (1986).

[17]. Kluksda.hl, N.C., Kriman, A.M., Ferry, D.K. a.nd Ringhofer, C., Phys. Rev. B .fill, 7720 (1989).

Page 107: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapters

CURRENT STABILITY AND IMPEDANCE OF ADBRT DIODE

5.1. Introduction

The revival of resonant-tunneling research in the eighties started with the

experiments of Sellner et al. 1 who used a GaAs/Al(Ga)As DBRT diode as a

detector and mixer of far infrared radiation at f = 2.5 THz. One year later, the

same group reported the observation of active oscillations from a DBRT diode2•

Output power of 5 µ.Wand frequencies up to 18 GHz were achieved with a de to

rf efficiency of 2.4 %. The expected increase in obtainable frequency and power3

1T.C.L.G. Sollner, W.D. Goodhue, P.E. Tannenwald, C.D. Parker and D.D. Peck, Appl. Phys. Lett. 43 (1983) 588. .

2T.C.L.G. Sellner, P.E. Tannenwald, D.D. Peck and W.D. Goodhue, Appl. Phys. Lett. 45 (1984) 1319. 3420 GHz reported in: E.R. Brown, T.C.L.G. Sollner, C.D. Parker, W.D. Goodhue and C.L. Chen, Appl. Phys. Lett. 55 (1989) 1777. 60 µ.W at 56 GHz in: T.C.L.G. Sellner, E.R. Brown, W.D. Goodhue and H.Q. Le, in: Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990.

97

Page 108: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

98 Chapter 5

was soon observed, although the predicted limits off N 1 THz and P N 225 µ.W

a.re not yet attained.

Estimates of the maximum oscillation frequency a.re obtained from the life

time of the resonant state (i.e. the inverse width of the transmission peak), in

combination with equivalent circuit a.rguments4• A Wigner-function study5 on

the temporal behaviour of the DBRT diode yields a. frequency limit of the same

order of magnitude. On the basis of a. time-dependent approach proposed by

Coon and Liu&, the diode impedance can be obta.ined7, yielding a. cut-off

frequency of, a.gain, "' r /21t0.. The method that is described in the next section,

takes a. different pa.th: the small-Bigna.l analysis presented in Sect. 5.2 stays close

to the static model of the previous chapters. The resulting diode impedance

corresponds to a.n equivalent circuit that is larger than the usual dynamic

conductance plus parallel capacitor. An additional RC circuit describing the

space charge effects in the well is found. Sect. 5.3 discusses the relation of this

equivalent circuit model to the quantum-inductance model of Brown et al. 8

The primary objective of the sma.ll-Bigna.l model was to investigate the de

stability of the DBRT diode. The intrinsic bista.bility9, experimentally observed

a.s a. hysteresis in the 1-V curveto, is theoretically described by a. Z-sha.ped I{V)ll.

This yields a. small range of voltages corresponding ea.ch to three static current

solutions, two of which a.re expected to be stable. The question, which of these

three configurations a.re de stable, is studied using a. sma.ll-Bignal analysis. In

addition, the effect of the external circuit on the diode stability is investiga.ted12.

4D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 49 (1986) 94.

sw.R. Frensley, Appl. Phys. Lett. 51 (1987) 448.

&D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, J. Appl. Phys. 58 (1985) 2230; H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 453. 7R.J.P. Keijsers, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, D. Lenstra., unpublished (1992).

BE.R. Brown, C.D. Parker and T.C.L.G. Sollner, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 934. .

9V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58 (1987) 1256. 10E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, 0.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, F.W. Shea.rd and G.A. Toombs, Electr. Lett. 24 (1988) 1190.

11F.W. Shea.rd and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1228· D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Banda.ra. and H. Zhao, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 2115; H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra., Phys. Scripta. T 33 (1990) 219. 12See also: H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Ka.ski and D. Lenstra., Physica. B 175 (1991) 297.

Page 109: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 99

5.2. The stability of the sel:fconsistent]y determined cunent of a

double-barrier resonant-tunneling diode13

Abstract - Double-Barrier Resonant...,Tunneling Devices belong to a novel class of nanoelectronic devices with great potential applications. In these devices, the selfconsistent build-up of charge due to resonant carriers in the well may lead to bistability and hysteresis. To investigate aspects of dynamical (in)stability, a simple set of equations is derived from an extension of the static theory. These dynamic equations adequately describe small and slow (<100 GHz) deviations from the stationary state. This approach is viewed more satisfactory than an equivalent-circuit analysis, but its limitations are also discussed.

1. Introduction

Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling (DBRT) structures have attracted much

attention, because they exhibit, among many other interesting features, intrinsic

bistability in the I-V characteristic. Experimentally, this bista.bility is

encountered as a hysteresis 11,2], whereas theoretically a. voltage interval with

triple-valued current (a. ~ha.ped I-V curve) is predicted [3,4]. One way to

harmonise these different data, is to declare one of the three calculated branches

in the I-V characteristic unstable, whereas the other curves are assumed to be

completed in a hysteresis-like way [4]. Another approach is to speak of intrinsic

trista.bility, assuming the third solution to be hard to access experimentally [5].

As the discrepancy between theory and experiments is still too large to

justify a complete identification of the hysteresis interval with the triple-current

interval, a stability criterion based on a theoretical analysis of the DBRT is

desirable. In this pa.per, we present such a stability analysis, resulting from

minor extensions to our static model [4,6]. In the first place, we release the

coupling between the charge densities in the emitter and the well, thus attaining

a. dynamical system with two independent variables. Secondly, we include a

model of the leads connecting the double barrier structure to the battery,

yielding a fair description of the way in which fluctuations are compensated in

this pa.rt of the circuit. In the present study, only the simplest case, that of a

purely ohmic contact, is considered.

13This section was published as a pa.per: H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, "The stability of the self-consistently determined current of a double-barrier resonant-tunneling diode", J. Appl. Phys. 70 (1991), 3141-3147. References between square brackets [] are listed on page 114.

Page 110: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

100 Chapter 5

2. Static mod.el

In some models of the DBRT [3,4], the bistability in the I-V curve corresponds

to a voltage interval where the voltage Vs across the structure is related to three

values of the current density J. Hence, there exists no single-valued function

J(V5) in the bistable regime, though we can give a parametric description of the

I-V curve. This is done by taking the Fermi energy EF in the emitter as

parameter: (V5(Ep), J(Ep )), where both V5(EF) and J(Ep) are single-valued

(but non-monotonic, hence non-invertible) functions. Expressions for V5(Ep) and J(EF) result from a. combined solution of the Poisson equation and the

Schrodinger equation: the charge densities calculated via. the wave functions

from the Schrodinger equation enter the ·Poisson equation for the electron

potential, while this potential is used in the Schrodinger equation for the wave

functions. Thus, V5(Ep) and J(EF) are determined in a.n iterative scheme, so

that on convergence the ultimate. electron potential and charge density a.re

qualified as "self-consistent".

For V5(EF) the a.hove method can easily be worked out. In the double barrier structure, charge build-up takes place in the emitter, well and collector. Since

the three charge densities are interrelated due to the demand of overall charge

neutrality, we need only consider two of them. Thus, the Poisson equation yields

a. function V5(Ee,Ew), where Ee and Ew are the areal charge densities in the emitter and well, respectively. Considering Ee to result from impinging electrons

in the energy range 0 to EF, and Ew from electrons in the same energy range

tunneling into the well, we can find expressions for Ee(EF) a.nd Ew(EF ). Now we

can write for the voltage over the structure V5(Er )= V5(Ee(EF ),Ew(Er )), where it is the Poisson equation that relates V5 to Ee a.nd Ew, and the time-independent

Schrodinger equation tha.t makes these charge densities in tum related to Er. H

we abandon the latter equation (as we should in a. dynamical analysis), V 5(EF) can be generalised straightforwardly to a. function V5(Ee,Ew) of two, now independent, variables.

The current density J(Er) needs a. different approach. Since J is defined

within the stationary wave function formalism, i.e. for selfconsistent solutions

only, giving up the time-independent SchrOdinger equation means giving up our

expression for the current density. In this case the generalisation, necessary for

the dynamic mod.el, is not straightforward, nor even unique. Let us start from the expression for the selfconsistent current density [4]:

Page 111: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 101

(1)

Here, Nc=(2 ~'f) 312

is the effective number of states in the conduction band per

unit volume, ~(e) is the zeroth order Fermi-Dirac integral, Er and Eres are the Fermi energy and the resonance energy with respect to the conduction band of

the emitter; kT is the Boltzmann constant times the temperature. In the second

factor, &=2 takes into account the spin degeneracy, e is the electron charge, and

R1 and R2 are the reflection coefficients on the first and second barrier at the

resonance energy. Finally, m is the effective mass of electrons in the conduction

band, w is the width of the well, and E0 is the resonance energy with respect to

the conduction band in the well. Note that Eres and E0 are different quantities

that refer to the same energy level. The first factor in (1)

(2)

has an easy interpretation: it is the number of points in k-space per square

meter, for which I k I 2~2mEr /h.2 and kz=kres· In other words, N 0 is the areal density of resonant electrons in the emitter. In order to interprete the remaining

factors, a little rearrangement is helpful. The second factor multiplied by u+~2i - 2

yields

(3)

which is the charge per resonant electron located in the well. If the second

barrier were impenetrable i.e. fu=l, then q0 would be &e, as expected. Thus,

the reflection coefficients in (3) take into account the leaky nature of the well.

The product of the first two factors, N0 q0 , is the areal charge density in the well,

Ew· The last factor in (1) becomes now:

1 _ (l=fu) .J(2E 0 /m) ld-"{I+R2J w (4)

and its reciprocal td is called the dwell time of electrons in the well. This dwell

time is equal to the time needed for an electron to traverse the well, \/(2E:/m)'

times a+~2~. that takes into account the multiple reflections within the well. - 2

Page 112: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

102 Chapter 5

The quotient q0/td represents the current I0 that each resonant electron

contributes to the total current density. Summarizing, it is found that

(5)

which offers us two starting points for generalising the current density in the

non-selfconsistent situations. Firstly, we can write J(Ee,Ew) =

N0 (Ee,Ew)·I0 (Ee,Ew), in which N0 is the areal density of resonant electrons and Io the current that each electron carries. Secondly, we can write J(Ee,Ew) =

Ew/td(Ee,Ew), as the quotient of the charge density in the well and the time

electrons spend there. For selfconsistent solutions, the functions Ee(Er) and

Ew(Er) are such that both generalisations yield the same relation

J(Er)=J(Ee(Er),l!w(Er)). However, when Ee and Ew are not coupled selfconsistently, the two generalisations differ. In the next section, where the

dynamic model is presented, it will be seen that both formulae are needed.

3. Extensions to static model

The static model of the DBRT outlined in the previous section, amounts to

handling the Poisson equation and the SchrOdinger equation simultaneously.

Since both equations are time-independent, no dynamics is included. In order to

investigate the stability, however, we have to deal with time-dependent charge

and current densities, so we cannot adhere to this set of equations. Nevertheless,

it suffices to give up the time-independent SchrOdinger equation. This is because

the electron potential adjusts itself to changes in the charge distribution effectively instantaneously i.e. with the speed of light.

Instead of replacing the time-independent SchrOdinger equation with its

time-dependent version (which is the formally correct method), we opt for a

different, approximative and intuitive, approach: the time-independent equation

effectuated a coupling between Ee and Ew, so that abandoning this equation

amounts to considering Ee and Ew as henceforth independent variables. Since in the dynamic case the current density has non~ero divergence, we need to

specify it for various positions in the structure: introducing the current densities

lt in the lead, and J 1 (J2) through the first (second) barrier (see Fig.I), we write

for the rates of areal charge density in the emitter and well:

Page 113: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 103

Fig.l

emitter well collector

Conduction band minimum in the DBRT-structtr.re as a function of position z. Below: schematic picture of charge b'IJ.ild-up and current densities.

(6a)

(6b}

The third equation, for the charge density in the collector, is equivalent to the

condition of overall charge neutrality, and contains no new information.

If the simplest ex.ample of a lead, a purel! ·ohmic contact, is considered, we

can specify the current density Ji by the quotient:

(7a}

where p is the specific resistance of the lead and I. is its length. Vb(t} is the

extem~y applied battery voltage, and VsfEe(t}.Ew(t}} is the potential drop across the double barrier structure as· obtained from the Poisson equation.

In order to specify the current densities J 1 and J2, we turn to the two

generalisations of the previous section. A natural and appealing choice is:

(7b}

Page 114: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

104 Chapter 5

and

(7c)

(7b) represents the current density as seen from the emitter, and (7c) as seen

from the well. In ( 7b) the instream of electrons from the emitter to the well is

proportional to the areal density of resonant electrons in the emitter, but the current they carry depends on the actual amount of space charge in the well. In

(7c) the outstream of electrons from the well to the collector is proportional to

Ew, but the time constant td depends on the actual amount of space charge in the emitter. This intuitive reasoning substitutes a formal derivation.

Eqs.(6) and (7) are an approximative model for the dynamics of the DBRT

structure. It may seem that the dynamics is described by a set of truly

non-linear equations. However, the way in which the expressions for J 1 and J2

are obtained, prevents us from taking (7bc) too seriously for ·large deviations

from the sel:Cconsistent solution. Therefore, a linearised version of (7) will be

investigated in the next section.

4. Linearisation of dynamic equations

Let us suppose that at t=O the DBRT structure has a sel:Cconsistent electron

potential and corresponding charge distribution. A small fluctuation in the

battery voltage Vb(t), e.g. a pulse function of small amplitude and finite

duration, will initiate a dynamical evolution of charge and current densities, that

may or may not be bounded at infinite time. If all quantities remain bounded,

the system originated from a stable point in the I-V characteristic. If, on the other hand, there is an unbounded quantity, the starting point is called unstable.

The boundedness is most easily checked by performing Laplace transforms of

the linearised dynamic equations.

Let for all quantities the difference between the value at time t and the value

at t=O be indicated with the corresponding lower case notation, e.g. v5(t) = V5(t) - V5(0), O'w(t) = Ew(t) - Ew(O) etc. In terms of these differences, and

leaving out all higher order terms, Eqs.(7) read as follows:

Page 115: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Ou.mint Stability 105

(8a)

(8b)

(8c)

where the coefficients Ae to Cw are partial derivatives in the original

selfconsistent solution:

- {JV Ae-~'

C _ -Ew~O),£!d e - td iJf.e '

In these expressions, td and ~ are to be understood as td(Ee(O),Ew(O)) and

~P!e(O),l::w(O)), etc. Substituting (8) in (6), we obtain the linearised

rat~uations:

and

(9b)

which are most easily solved using the Laplace transformation. Denoting the

Laplace transform of O'e(t) by ue(s) etc., we can cast (9) in matrix. form:

A ]["' l [Yll l Pf + Bw O'e = pl

s-Bw +Cw aw 0

(10)

which is solved by inverting the matrix. Thus we find:

Page 116: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

106

"' _ s-B +Cw .!b. O'e - (s-s 1) ( s-s2) pl

where s1 a.nd s2 obey:

A St + 82 = - :.= - B + B - C pl e w w

S • 8 _ Aw(Be-Ce)-Ae(Bw-Cw) + {B C _ B C } I 2- pl e w we

Chapter 5

(Ua)

(Uh)

(12a)

{12b)

Eq.(12) is of utmost importance for the stability, as ca.n be seen from the inverse transforms of (11 ):

If s1 or s2 have a p0sitive real part1 the exponential functions in the integrands in (13) increase unboundedly as t goes to infinity. Hence, the criterion for stable charge densities ue(t) and uw{t) must be that both Re(s1) < 0 and Re(s2) < O, or1 since sum and product of s1 and s2 are real, that s1+s2 < 0 whereas s1·s2 > O. Combining this with (12) yields the stability criterion:

(14a)

(14b)

In the next section, the consequences of this stability result for the I-V characteristic will be investigated.

Page 117: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 107

5. Stability and imped.a.nee

In order to appreciate the internal stability conditions (14), we will relate them

to the impedance of the circuit. For this purpose, we derive some useful relations

between the coefficients from Ae to Cw in (8). Since we assumed that at t=O the system was in a. selfconsistent point of the

I-V curve, the t=O charge densities Ee(O) and Ew(O) are interrelated in such way

that J 1=J2 (see (7bc)). We use this equation to derive a relation for the Band C

coefficients in (8). At t=O, we have N010 =Ew/td or Ew=N010td· Then for the

total derivative ~ we find ~ = ~(N0I0td) + ~e·4-(N0I0td) or e e e w VlJe

~ = ~(N0Iotd)/( 1 - ~N0I0td)]. The partial derivatives can be worked out ana replaced by the Band C coefficients, yielding:

(15)

The total derivative in (15) describes the change of Ew with Ee along the selfconsistent curve. With the help of this result, two more identifications can be

made. Introducing the abbreviations:

we can express the changes in Vs and J 1 along the selfconsistent curve as:

and

(16b)

As a matter of course,~ is identical with~· The quotient of (16a) and (16b),

rd= &j~~~ = ~, is the differential resistance of the DBRT structure (times

unit area). ~e see that the top of the I-V curve (P 1 in Fig.2) corresponds to

gi 1 = 0, hence A1=0. The point on the I-V curve where the tangent is vertical b .

(P2 in Fig.2) corresponds to gi~ = -m, hence A2=0. Between P 1 and P 2 we have

Page 118: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

108

Fig.2

chapter 5

x107

2

1.6

N

1.2 E ...... <(

..... 0.8

0.4

0 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 05

Vbias (Volt}

1-V characteristic of the asymmetric DBRT structure {for structure parameters see Section 6), and the loadline (pi= 1osnm2): Between P1 and P2 the differential resistance is negative. P,, is the point of contact between the I- V curve and the loadline, and the turning point from stability to instability.

Ll 1 > 0 and Ll 2 < 0, so that rd is negative here (NDR region). The negative

differential resistance rd is present in the rewritten stability conditions (14):

(17a)

(17b)

which can now be easily related to the impedance of the circuit.

We define the small signal impedance Z(s) as the quotient of vb and jL· This is obtained by combining (Sa) and (12) yielding:

(18)

The first term of this equation is the contribution of the leads. Since we have

assumed purely ohmic contacts, it is simply pi. For more realistic leads, it is to

Page 119: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stabilit, 109

be replaced by some Z1ead(s). The second term of (18) is the impedance of the 'bare' DBRT structure, Zdbrt(s ). It has a simple zero s=!.l. 2/ Ae, so that stability is ensured if !.l. 2/Ae < O. Since !.l.2 changes sign at P2 (see Fig.2), a. stable solution for the bare DBRT can be found throughout the NDR region. This agrees fully with the conditions (17) for pl= 0, thus reading !.l. 2/Ae < 0 ((17a) being trivial for pl = 0 ).

For pl# O, i.e. for the DBRT in circuit, the total impedance must be

considered. An extra zero is introd~ced, and the two stability criteria of (17) result again. It is clear, that for pl not too large, the second criterion (17b) is decisive. For points on the I-V curve which are before P1 (see Fig.2), {17b) is satisfied since here !.l. 1 < 0 and pl+rd > O. Just after P1 (17b) is still satisfied because both factors change sign at the top of the I-V curve. However, at P2 we have pl+rd =pl> 0 whereas still !.l. 1 > 0, so that the stability criterion is no longer met. Therefore, the turning point from stability to instability must be between P1 and P2, in the NDR region. A more precise position can be specified. Since the factor responsible for the change of sign is (pl + rd), the end of the stability interval can be characterised by rd = -pl. The slope of the load line lt(V5) being -1/pl (see (7a)), the turning-point is found to be the point of contact between the I-V curve and this loadline.

From (18) a resistance and reactance for the bare structure are defined as the real and imaginary part of zdbrt(iw):

1:i. ( ) - fk{Z (. )} !.l.~~ !.l. 1 +w2i~ Ae!.l. a .. "<lbrt w = dbrt IW = I +w2) +W2ZS:a 2 (19a)

(19b)

From the condition ~brt(wco) = O, we define for the bare structure a cutoff frequency Wc0

2 = -!.l. 11.l. 2/(!.l.rAe!.l. 3). Analogously, a self-resonance frequency W5r2 = -!.l.1-1.l.2!.l.3/Ae is found from the demand that the reactance Xdbrt(Wsr) = O. The cutoff frequency is positive in the NDR region, as expected. Here, the

DBRT structure can be used as an oscillator for frequencies up to Wco· The series resistance pl will lower the cutoff frequency. Since our model does not contain any inductive elements, only the addition of a.n external inductance can yield a positive Wsr2· At low frequencies the impedance of the structure becomes purely resistive and approaches the differential resistance rd= !.l.2/ !.l.1•

Page 120: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

110 Chapter 5

6. Numerical results for asymmetric GaAs-AlGaAs structure

The above theory has been worked out numerically for a GaAs-AlxGa1.xAs

DBRT device with different widths for the two barriers. For the purpose of

calculations we choose ~=0.4, barrier height 0.44eV, well width 5nm, and barrier

widths 5.6 and 8.4nm, respectively. The effective mass of GaAs has been used for

all the layers. Assuming contact layers of 50nm (doping 2.10 16) plus lµm (doping

2.1018) on both sides of the DBRT structure, we can estimate pt to be of the order 10-1onm2 [7].

In Fig.3, the real and imaginary part of the impedance are shown as a

function of the Fermi level Er in the left reservoir, for w = 109rad/s. We know

that for w = 0 we have ~brt=rd and Xdbrt=O, so that the impedance at zero frequency is merely the derivative of V5(J1) shown in the I-V curve of Fig.2.

Hence, Rdbrt(Er) has a vertical asymptot when 6. 1(Er )=0, and a zero when

t:.. 2(Er)=O. As we see from Fig.3a this picture is not changed very much for

frequencies up to a few GHz. The vertical asymptot of Rdbrt(Er) now corresponds to (t:.. 1+w2)2+w2t:,. 32 = 0 and is accompanied by a sharp negative

peak in the reactance Xdbrt(Er ). The zero of Rdbrt(Er) is shifted too (see (19a)),

but both shifts are small, so that Rdbrt(Er) still resembles the differential

resistance rd very well.

Fig.4 shows the impedance as a function of frequency at fixed value of Er

(Er = O.leV). As expected from (19), Xdbrt(w) is zero for w=O and c.Hm, whereas

Rdbrt(w) is rd for w=O and zero for w-iai. Around w/21r ~ 0.3GHz, the imaginary

part shows a peak where the real part increases to zero. This is the cutoff

frequency Wco that separates the amplified oscillations from those that are

damped by the DBRT structure. The cutoff frequency is real for Er values in the

NDR region only. For the bare structure, Wco is zero at P 1 and P2 (see Fig.2),

and increases to infinity when 6.rAe6.a=O. Its typical value is found to be

Wc0 /21r"' 5GHz. Decreasing the barrier width by 10 percent leads to an increase

of this value to "' 15GHz. Both tendency and magnitude agree quite well with

other models [8].

7. Conclusion

Comparison of our results with experimental findings is complicated by the fact

that most impedance measurements were done on symmetric structures showing

no bistability. Besides, our simple model yields a negative differential

Page 121: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 111

Fig.3

X10"8

8..--~-.-~~-.-~~~~-..-~~...--~--.

4 N

E a - 0 ~

~ QI

0::: -4

-00.06 0.07

x10-?

0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 Fermi-energy (eV)

0.----::i;;:::=----r----.,.---.~~--r--~•

- -0.4 N

E a $-o.a

E --1.2

0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 Fermi-energy (eV)

The real (a) and imaginary (b) part of the impedance of the DBRT structure as a function of Fermi le11el Er at fixed frequency of 109rad/s. Structure parameters as in Section 6.

Page 122: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

112

Fig.4

chapter 5

x10·7

0.5

0

N -1 E c ~-2 ~

QJ

0:::

-3

-4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Log(w)

x10·7

0

-0.4 N

E c -0.8

"N' ~-12 E .

.......

-1.6

-2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Log (w)

The real (a) and imaginary (b) part of the impedance of the DBRT structure as a function of frequency at fixed Fermi level of 0.1e V. Structure parameters as in Section 6. .

Page 123: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 113

conductance that decreases from zero to ""1D 1 whereas in real devices (due to

non-resonant tunneling) the conductance remains finite. Nevertheless, we find a

qualitative agreement between our calculated impedance as a function of bias

and frequency (Figs. 3 and 4) and the measured curves presented in Refs.[9-11].

Zarea et a.l. [9] studied a GaAs-AlGaAs structure with a 5 nm well and 5.6

nm barriers ( d. Sect. 6), for which they present the real and imaginary part of Z

as function of bias. These curves show the same trends as our Fig. 3. To be able

to compare the horizontal scales we use that Vb ,., 4EF/e (d. Fig. 2), giving a

nice agreement. For the comparison of the vertical scales the impedances of

Ref.[9] are multiplied by the mesa area. It is then found that the scales differ by

a factor of 10. This is however due to our static model (cf. Fig. 2 and Fig. 1 of

Ref.[9]) which overestimates the current, and not to the dynamical extensions.

The cut-off frequency for the device of Ref.[9] was measured to be 1.10 GHz. Gering et a.l. [10] found a value of 88.2 GHz for a similar structure with slightly

smaller barriers (5 nm). The difference is mainly due to a difference in series

resistance (4 and 0.17 0 respectively). Our calculated typical value of 5 GHz has

the correct order of magnitude. Moreover, we find an exponential decrease of Wco

with barrier thickness, in agreement with the results of Ref.[10].

Lippens and Mounaix [11] measured the impedance of a structure similar to

the one of Ref.[10] as a function of frequency, corresponding to our Fig. 4 (but

with linear horizontal scale). Again we see the same trends in the curves. The·

real part starts at the negative differential resistance to become quite small at

higher frequencies; the imaginary part shows a negative peak. The inductive

behaviour at higher frequencies is of course not reproduced by our calculations.

Comparing the horizontal scale we find that our frequencies are smaller by a factor of 3.

We conclude that our dynamical equations are a fair description of the ac

behaviour of DBRT structures in the GHz-regime. Partly this is due to the fact

that the impedance is strongly related to the differential resistance. Hence a

reasonable I-V characteristic will yield a reasonable impedance. Thus the

agreement with experiments is partly owing to our static model. The essentially

new element is the generalized expression for the current density (Eq.(7bc)), making it a time- and position-dependent quantity. This distinguishes our

approach from experimental equivalent-circuit fits, and enables a purely

theoretical analysis of the DBRT dynamics.

Yet one should bear in mind that this double-current definition poses some limitations to the applicability of the model. Its close relation with the static

Page 124: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

114 Chapter 5

description leads to a restriction in the frequency domain to values of w for

which the adiabatic approach is valid. A simple estimation shows that the THz

regime is beyond the scope of our approach. Also, only small amplitude

oscillations in the applied voltage Vb are allowed, thus excluding interesting

nonlinear behaviour. Finally, Eqs.(7) cannot describe any inductive effects of the

DBRT structure, that may nevertheless be present [10].

In fact, Eqs.(7) amount to a dynamic description of the DBRT structure in

terms of a couple of shunted capacitors. If there is some charge build-up in the

emitter and well, we expect a connection between the time constants lf:sil and

lf:s2: of (12), and the typical times for charging these two regions, >..e/vF and td

respectively. Here, >..e is the emitter screening length, vF is the Fermi velocity

and td the dwell time already discussed in (4). Indeed, where the coupling is

small, s1 and s2 have the correct order of magnitude. In the general case, the

complete matrix equation (10) must be solved, thus making the task nontrivial.

In summary, we have been able to describe the low-frequency small-signal

part of the DBRT dynamics by minimal extensions of the statit model. From a

theoretical point of view, this approach is an improvement with regard to the

equivalent-circuit method. A more complete account of the dynamics requires

the consideration of the time-dependent SchrOdinger equation and the nonlinear

aspects [12].

Acknowledgments - We would like to acknowledge partial support by the

Academy of Finland, and the "Stichting voor Fundamenteel Onderzoek der

Materie" (FOM), which is financially supported by the "Nederlandse

Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek" (NWO).

References

[1]. V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58

(1987) p.1256; Phys. Rev. B 35 (1987) p.9387

[2]. E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, F.W.

Sheard, G.A. Toombs, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Electronics Letters 24

(1988) p.1190; L. Eaves, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, in "Band

Structure Engineering in Semiconductor Microstructures", eds. R.A.

Abram and M. Jaros, 1989.

[3]. F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) p.1228

Page 125: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 115

[4]. B.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta T33

(1990) p.219.

[5]. D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Bandara and H. Zhao, Appl.Phys.Lett.54 (1989)

p.2115.

[6]. H.P. Joosten, B.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184

(1990) p.199. [7]. · S.M. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices (Wiley, New-York) 1969.

[8]. S. Luryi, Appl.Phys.Lett. 47 (1985) p.490.

[9]. · A. Zarea, A. Sellai, M.S. Raven, D.P. Steenson, J.M. Chamberlain, M.

Henini and O.H. Hughes, Electronics Letters 26 (1990) p.1522. [10}. J.M. Gering, D.A. Crim, D.G. Morgan, P.D. Coleman, W. Kopp and H.

Morko~, J.Appl.Phys. 61 (1987) p.271.

Ill]. D. Lippens and P. Mounaix, Electronics Letters 24 (1988) p.1180.

[12]. D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, J~Appl.Phys. 58 (1985) p.2230; H.C. Liu,

Appl.Phys.Lett. 52 (1988) p.453.

Page 126: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

116 Chapter 5

5.3. Alternative for the quantum inductance model in double-barrier

resonant4unneling14

Abstract -A theoretical justification for the phenomenolo~ical equivalent circuit approach in Double-Barrier Resonant Tunneling (DBRT) is given. Starting from the combined SchrOdinger and Poisson equations for the static behaviour of the DBRT diode, we arrive through a small· signal analysis at a. model for the dynamics. This model corresponds to an equivalent circuit consisting of two linked RC-sections. The simple equivalent circuits in which the DBRT structure is represented by a capacitor with parallel resistor, as well as more complicated circuits including a. quantum inductance can all be considered special cases of our model. Furthermore, by studying the regions of stability in the phase diagrams res from our model, the effect of a parallel capacitor on the sta.oility is investi ated.

1. Introduction

Recent literature shows a.. shift in the interest of both experimentalists and

theorists from the static description of Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling

(DBRT) structures to the dynamical behaviour of these diodes [1--<>]. This has

yielded a. number of equivalent circuit models [2-4], most of which use two

elements, the differential conductance and the diode's ca.pa.city, to describe the

experimental data. Recently, Brown et al. [7] have suggested that the addition of

a third element, a "quantum well inductance", to such models improves the

agreement with experimental results considerably. However, a fundamental theoretical derivation of the quantum inductance is lacking. An elaboration of

this model has been given by Boudreau and Liu [8].

In a previous pa.per [9], we presented a. description of the DBRT dynamics for the small signal-low frequency regime. This description is based on a small

signal analysis of our static model of coherent tunneling (described by the

Schrodinger equation) in a self- consistent electron potential (described by the

Poisson equation) [10]. It can be translated into an equivalent circuit of four elements: a double RC model [11].

In this paper we show that the quantum inductance model of Refs.[7,8] can

be understood as a special case of our dynamical model. Numerical calculations

14This section will be published as a paper: H.J.M.F. Notebom, H.P. Joosten, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, 11 Alternative for the quantum-inductance model in double-barrier resonant-tunneling", Superlattices and Mierostructures (1993) (accepted for publication). References between square brackets []are listed on page 127.

Page 127: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Ou:rrent Stability 117

suggest that experimentally this special case is a relevant one. In this way, our

dynamical model provides a theoretical basis for the two- and three-element

equivalent circuits. At the same time, it suggests an understanding of the DBRT

dynamics in terms of coupled RC circuits, rather than a quantum inductance.

2. Dynamical description ofDBRT

For small and slow ( <lOOGHz) oscillations, a dynamical description can be

obtained through minor extensions of the static model. In the static situation,

the static charge densities in the emitter and the well, u6 and uw, are

interrelated through the selfconsistent electron potential [HI]. In the dynamical

case [9], these charge densities become the independent dynamical variables of

the system. Because of the nonzero divergence of the current density J, we have

to distinguish the current in the leads (Ji), and the current through the first and

second barrier (J1 and J2):

(1)

The current density h can be easily expressed in terms of the applied voltage

and the external-circuit impedance. For J 1 and J2, Ref.[9] provides simple and

intuitive expressions based on the quantum mechanical current density

expression for the time-independent situation. The current through the first

barrier, J 11 is proportional to the density of resonant electrons in the emitter,

while the current through the second barrier, J 2, is inversely proportional to the

time spent in the well:

(2)

where N0 is the areal density of resonant electrons, I0 is the current carried by a

resonant electron, Uw is the areal charge density in the well, and td is the dwell

time of resonant electrons in the well. Of course, in the static situation we have:

Uw = N0I0td , so that J 1 = J 2• In the dynamical situation, all quantities are

functions of both u6 and uw· The linearized version of the model made up by (1)

and (2) can then be summarized into a small-signal impedance [9]:

(3)

Page 128: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

118 Chapter 5

where s is the complex frequency, and the .four quantities rd, Cd· a and b are

combinations of the partial derivatives of fJh/ fJue, {JJ ii fJuw, etc. (see Appendix),

and therefore functions of the applied voltage V. In particular, rd can be

identified with the differential resistance of the DBRT-structure,

rd = dV dbrtf dJ" and is directly obtainable from the I-V curve. The quantity Cd

is the differential capacity of the emitter, 1/Cd = 8Vdbrt/8ue· For low frequencies

the impedance becomes resistive, ZdbrtUw) :::: rd , for w < < 1/ I a-b-rdcd I, whereas for high frequencies it behaves capacitor-like: zdbrtUw):::: 1/jwcd , for

w >> I b/ ardcd I· A special case occurs when a= b, in which situation

Zdbrt(s) = rd/(l+rd~s) and hence independent of a. In fact, the DBRT

structure is then represented as a capacitor Ca and a parallel resistor rd, as in the

standard equivalent circuits [2,3,4].

3. Biasing Circuit

To describe the effect of the circuit, we introduce a series and a parallel

impedance,

(4)

that take into account the leads and contacts [2-4], and an optional parallel

capacitor, like the integrated Schottky barrier capacitor of Ref.[12]. The circuit

considered is drawn in Fig.1. The zeros of the total. impedance are:

(5)

and are obtained from (3) and ( 4), (or the poles of the corresponding

admittance). They determine the stability of the circuited DBRT: if the complex

frequencies (Laplace variable) s for which Ztot(s)=O have negative real parts,

then stability is ensured. In fact, the negativity depends on the value of Rs, L5

C8 and Cp· In a parameter space set up by these quantities, we can therefore find

regions of stability having a boundary characterized by Re(s) = 0. A graphical

representation of this parameter space could be termed a 'phase diagram' of the

DBRT-device [8].

Apart from their stable or unstable nature, solutions can be classified by

Page 129: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 119

Fig.1

Rs Ls DBRT

Cs Cp

DBRT

Circuited DBRT-structure with series impedance (resistance Rs, inductance L5 and capacitor CJ, and parallel capacitor Cp·

their oscillatory or exponential character. In the former case, the zeros of the

total impedance have a nonzero imaginary part. Hence, regions in parameter

space with oscillatory solutions have a boundary characterized by Im(s) = 0. In

the following, we will analyse both classifications, in stable/unstable and in

oscillating/exponential solutions, and calculate the different regions in the phase

diagram.

It is possible to draw a phase diagram for every value of the applied voltage,

i.e. for every set of rd, cd, a and b. However, experimentally only the applied

voltage of minimum negative differential resistance (NDR) is important. Since in

a coherence-based model of the DBRT like ours this minimtim NDR is zero, we

will consider a different working point in the NDR region where rd is negative

but nonzero.

The characteristic equation for the zeros of the total impedance Ztot(s) is a. cubic equation ins (see Eq.(5)):

(6)

Page 130: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

120 Chapter 5

From (6) we see that the parallel and series capacitors have the same effect on

the stability. To simplify (6), we introduce dimensionless quantities s = -rdcd · s

and

where we have assumed that we are in the NDR-region. The ,coefficients now

read:

R(l+C-b) 1 1 ai = La( 1 +C) + L(l+C) - a(l+C} (7)

1-R ao = La(I+C)

where we have omitted all tildes. All the dynamics of the structure is now

contracted into the two quantities a and b, while the circuit is described by the

dimensionless parameters R, C a.nd L.

Let us first consider a. special case where analytical answers are possible. In

the case that a = b, the roots of the cubic equation a.re:

S1 = -1/a, (8)

The second and third root are truly complex if 0 5 R < J1~C' ( 2 -J1~c),

Page 131: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 121

Fig.2

C=O, a=1, b=1

U/n

U/n a:

0.5 U/o

0.0 '--~-'-~-'-~---'-~--'-~--'~~L-~-'-~~ 0 1 2. 3 4

L

Stability chart for the special case that a= b = 1. The bold line separates the stable from the unstable regions {indicated by Sand U}, the thin line separates the region of oscillations from the region of exponential solutions {indicated by o and n, respectively).

which is the case only in the interval 0 < L < 4(1+C). The oscillatory solutions

are stable if R > l~C' whereas the exponential solutions are stable if R < 1. All

boundaries coincide at R = 1, L = 1 +C. In Fig.2 the phase diagram is plotted in

the L-R plane. The effect of the capacitor C on both the stability and

oscillations is clear from all these expressions: (l+C) is a mere scaling factor for

L. A larger C8 or Cp will lead to a larger region of stability in the L-R plane. We

remark here that the region of stability and the region of oscillations are both

independent of a, as it should be, since for b =a the impedance of the DBRT,

Eq.(3), is independent of a, as we have seen in Sect.2. For points on the line

R = ~ + a+i+c (see Fig.I), the root s1 coincides with s2 (if L > a2

( l+C) ) or (a+l+C)2

s3 (if L < a2

( l+C) ). Although this line is not a boundary in the special case (a+l+C)2

a = b, it will become important when a # b. In the case that a # b the expressions for the roots become bulky. However,

we can still find the stability region by putting Re(s) = 0 in (6). This yields two

equations, a0 = 0 and a0 = a1a2, that read in worked-out form:

Page 132: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

122

Fig.3

chapter 5

C=O, a=1, b=-0.5

a: 0.5

o.o ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0 3 6 9

L

C=O, a=S, b=O

a: 0.5

o.o '-"'""""-~---'-~-'----~'-----'-~-'-~-'------'~-'----' 0 3 8 9

L

Stability chart of the asymmetric DBRT structure for the case that C = 0 (a) at a Fermi level of 0.1028 eV (corresponding to a= 1, b = -0.5); and {b) at a Fermi level of 0.1054 eV (a= 5, b = 0). Lines and characters according to the convention of Fig.2.

Page 133: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 123

Fig.4

C=10, a=1, b=-0.5

a: o.s

o.o i...-..:::::....____._--1. _ __._ _ __,__-'---'--"'--'---'

0 3 8 9

L

C=10, a=5, b=O

a: 0.5

o.o _..:::i_ _ _,__...____,~__._ _ _,___..____._ _ _,__ 0 3 8 9

L

Stability chart of the asymmetric DBRT structure for the case that C = 10 {a) at a Fermi level of 0.1028 eV (corresponding to a= 1, b = -0.5}; and {b) at a Fermi level of 0.1054 eV (a= 5, b = 0). Lines and characters according to the convention of Fig.2.

Page 134: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

124 Chapter 5

R=l (9)

a (l+C-b) 1 R = 2(1+C-b)-~a( t+cJ1+2a(1+C)(1+C-bf

·{ a4(1+C)2+2a2((1+C)42)L+(4a(l+C)+(l+C-b)2)(1+C-b)2L2} 112

In the limit b -+ a the second expression reduces to the previously encountered

R = L/(l+C). The stability region in the L-R plane that corresponds to (9) is

shown in Fig.3, where b S 0 is assumed: it is the closed region { (0,0), <t+c.!6,o), (l+C+a-b,1), (0,1) }. The effect of Con the stability is not much different from

that in the special case b = a. The region of oscillatory solutions cannot be presented in explicit form. In

Fig.3 where this region is plotted, we ca.n however easily recognize the (b = a)

solution: the above-mentioned line R = ~ + a! 1 breaks up into two lines for

L > °'2 ( l+C) , opening up a strip of oscillatory solutions. As a result, a sharp

(a+l+C)2 triangular region of damped stability comes into being. An increase of C

effectuates an enlarging of this region, as illustrated in Fig.4.

4. Numerical results

For the asymmetric Ga.As/ AlxGa1_xAs structure of Ref.[10] (x = 0.3, well width

5 run, barrier height 0.44 eV, barrier widths 5.6 and 8.4 nm, and effective mass

0.067·9.licl0-31 kg) we have calculated numerically the stability chart: for two

values of applied voltage (or Fermi energy in the emitter) the stability region in

the L-R plane is plotted, see Figs.3 and 4. At EF = 0.102eV we have a= 1 and

b = -0.5, whereas at EF = 0.1045eV, a= 5 a.nd b = O. The dimensionless

capacity C is 0 and 100, successively. Also the nature of the current fluctuations

(oscillating/ non-oscillating) is indicated.

5. Discussion

Comparison with the work of Boudreau and Liu [8] is best started at the

characteristic equation (6). Since these authors have not considered a series or

parallel capacitor, we have to put C = 0 in (6). Our equation is then identical

Page 135: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Current Stability 125

Fig.5

-11 -.... -.................. ____ _

-12

-13

a-b---td···

\ _____ ................. .. \ /'­\I :1

ii !! i i

-14'--~~'--~~'--~~'--~--''--~--''--~--'

0.06 0.08 0. 1 0. 12

Logarithm of the absolute value of a, b and ~ versus Fermi energy (e V). The sign of b can be seen in the inset where a, b and~ {s} are plotted.

with theirs if we make our a equal their resonant lifetime r, and put our b = 0.

The second identification, b = O; implies a loss of generality. It enables

Ref.(8] to use a three-element equivalent circuit, whereas we need a

four-element one [11]. Following [7], these authors add to the NDR (rd) and the

diode capacity ( cd) a 11qantum (well) inductance11 of magnitude I rd Ir. This

addition is motivated in Ref.[7] by its success to explain experimental data.

The first identification, that a equals r, is not mathematically exact.

However, the two times are of the same order of magnitude, as can be seen from

Fig.5. Substitution of r by a would lead to an equally satisfying explanation of

the data of Ref.[7]. Fig. 4 also has b in the NDR region, showing that b < a and

that for some value of the Fermi level (or applied voltage) b = 0 indeed.

From this we conclude that the quantum inductance models of Refs.[7] and

[8] can be understood as fair approximations of our more general model. The

latter has the· advantage of being derived within a theoretical description of the

DBRT dynamics, rather than being an experimental suggestion.

The proposed scheme of describing stable biasing of DBRT structures is

useful as long as the charge distribution can follow adiabatically the fluctuations

of the applied voltage, i.e. up to a certain frequency. At high frequencies, the

Page 136: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

126 Chapter 5

charge in the well will simply be fixed, and Eq.( 4) can be replaced by a

quadratic equation. In that case, the stability analysis of the DBRT-structure is

completely analogous to the stability analysis of the Esaki tunnel diode [13]. The

interesting point concerning the DBRT is the possibility of charge build-up in

the well, resulting in a more complicated equivalent circuit of four components.

Acknowledgments - We acknowledge partial support by the Foundation for

Fundamental Research on Matter (FOM), which is financially supported by the

'Nederlandse Organisa.tie voor Wetenscha.ppelijk Onderzoek' (NWO), and by the

Academy of Finland.

Appendix

The four quantities that determine the DBRT impedance, rd, Cd, a and b, a.re

defined as:

(Al)

(A2)

(A3)

(A4)

where Ae to Cw are partial derivatives of the potential drop acro8s the structure,

V5, and the current though the first and second barrier, J 1 and J 2, with respect

to the areal charge densities Ue and Uw in the emitter and well:

to be evaluated in the self-consistently determined static solution ue, Uw· For a. derivation of these formulae, see Ref.[9].

Page 137: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Ourrent Stability 127

References

[1]. T.C.L.G. Sollner, P.E. Tannenwald, D.D. Peck and W.D. Goodhue,

Applied Physics Letters 4S (1984) 1319; S.K. Diamond, E. Ozbay,

M.J.W. Rodwell, D.M. Bloom, Y.C. Pao and J.S. Harris, Appl.Phys.Lett.

54 (1989) 153.

[2]. J.M. Gering, D.A. Crim, D.G. Morgan, P.D. Coleman, W. Kopp and H.

Morko~, J.Appl.Phys. 61 (1987) 271.

[3]. D. Lippens and P. Mounaix, Electronics Letters 24 (1988) 1180.

[4]. A. Zarea, A. Sella.i, M.S. Raven, D.P. Steenson, J.M. Chamberlain, M.

Henini and O.H. Hughes, Electronics Letters 26 (1990) 1522.

[5]. W.R. Frensley, Appl. Phys. Lett. 51 (1987) 448.

[6]. D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, J. Appl. Phys. 58 (1985) 2230; H.C. Liu, Appl.

Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 453.

(7]. E.R. Brown, C.D. Parker and T.C.L.G. Sollner, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54

(1989) 934; E.R. Brown, T.C.L.G. Sollner, C.D. Parker, W.D. Goodhue

and C.L. Chen, Appl. Phys. Lett. 55 (1989) 1777.

[8]. M.G. Boudreau and H.C, Liu, Superlattices and Microstructures 8 (1990)

429.

[9]. H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Notebom, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, J. Appl. Phys. 70 (1991) 3141.

[10]. H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184

(1990) 199; H.J.M.F. Notebom, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Physica

Scripta T 33 (1990) 219. [11]. H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Notebom, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Physica B

175 (1991) 297.

[12]. V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58

(1987) 1256; 59 (1987) 1623.

[13]. J.O. Scanlan, "Analysis and Synthesis of Tunnel Diode Circuits", (John

Wiley & Sons, New York, 1966).

Page 138: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

128 Chapter 5

Page 139: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

chapter6

MAGNETO-TUNNELING

6.1. Introduction

Magneto-tunneling experiments have played an important role in several

resonant-tunneling discussions. Charge build-up in the well, an essential factor

in the explanation of the intrinsic bistability, can be monitored in a B II J configurationt, in which the one-dimensional tunneling remains virtually

unaffected. Thermalization of the space charge in the well of a suitably

asymmetric DBRT structure was observed by Leadbeater et al.2 who studied the

magneto-oscillations in the differential capacitance. The same B II J

configuration is appropriate to investigating LO-phonon emission and

(quasi)elastic scattering3, since the magnetic field increases the amplitude of

1C.A. Pa.yling, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E. Simmonds, F.W. Shea.rd, G.A. Toombs, Surf. Sci. 196 (1988) 404. 2M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, F.W. Sheard, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes and G.A. Toombs, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 1(1989)10605. 3M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, A. Celeste, J.C. Portal, G. Hill a.nd M.A. Pate, Phys. Rev. B 39 (1989) 3438.

129

Page 140: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

130 Chapter 6

both the resonant and the phonon-assisted current peak. In some structures,

both the GaAs-like and AlAs-like LO phonon modes are observable due to the

resolving effect of the magnetic field. All these effects are based on the

quantization of the in-plane motion of the electrons, which converts the energy

bands into Landau levels. DBRT structures with wide wells (60-120 nm) have

been studied in the B .LJ configuration by Alves et al.4 The resonances in the 1-V

curves evolve into hybrid magneto-electric states of traversing or skipping

character. At high B the tunnel current was seen to be quenched. An initial

quenching of the current is also observed in B .L J experiments with narrow-well

(4.3 nm) structures5.

The study of both the B II J (Sect. 6.2) and the B .L J (Sect. 6.3) case starts

from the effective-mass Hamiltonian for the spherical conduction band6:

where Inc is the effective mass, A the (slowly varying) vector potential for the

magnetic field B :: VxA, a the electron spin (:1:!) and µ,8 = eh/2m0 the Bohr

magneton. The g-factor differs from 2 due to the coupling of the conduction

band to mainly the spin-orbit split valence band. g• can be postive and negative,

and quite large for some materials (InSb: g• = -50). Weisbuch and HermannT

have experimentally determined the g-factor for the GaAs-AlxGa1.xAs system,

and found g•(GaAs) = --0.44, g•(A10•33Gau7As) = +0.48. With such small g*

. values, the spin splitting of the energy levels is unimportant under the usual

experimental conditions. Thus we are allowed to drop the second term of the

Hamiltonian and neglect spin effects8.

4E.S. Alves, M.L. Leadbeater, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, A. Celeste, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Superlattices and Microstructures 5 (1989} 527. 5S. Ben Amor, J.J.L. Rascol, K.P. Martin, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potter and H. Hier, Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) 7860.

6L.M. Roth, B.Lax and S. Zwerdling, Phys. Rev. 114 (1959) 90. 7C. Weisbuch and C. Hermann, Phys. Rev. B 15 (1977) 816. 8Moreover, the extension of spin-fiPlitting from bulk to heterostructure is nontrivial. In GaAs-AlGaAs heterostructures a reduction of the splitting, dependent on magnetic field and Landau-level, is found. See: M. Dobers, F. Malcher, G. Lommer, K. v. Klitzing, U Rossler, K. Ploog and G. Weimann, in: High magnetic fields in semiconductor physics II, ed. G. Landwehr, Berlin: Springer, 1989, p. 386.

Page 141: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 131

6.2. Two-period magneto-oscillations in coherent double barrier resonant tunnelings

Abstract - Applying a magnetic field B to a Double Barrier Resonant-Tunneling Diode, perpendicular to the layer structure, introduces oscillations in current density and capacitance that are periodic in l/B. A derivation of this periodicity is given, based on coherent wave propagation. Two magneto-periods are found, corresponding to the electron concentration in emitter and well, respectively. Numerical calculations are presented for a semiconductor model with selfconsistently determined electron potential.

The application of a magnetic field in the study of resonant tunneling may reveal

most relevant information, a fact long acknowledged by both experimentalists

and theorists [1-4]. In the case of the double barrier resonant-tunneling (DBRT)

structure, the B II J geometry enables a direct probing of the charge build-up in

the well [2,3]. Since this phenomenon plays a key role in explaining the intrinsic

bistability in the I-V curve of a DBRT structure, magneto-tunneling

experiments have been of importance in the discussion about the nature of the

observed bistability [2-4]. Information about charge density and Fermi level is

contained in the magneto-oscillations in charge and current that result from the

passing of the Landau levels through the Fermi level when varying the magnetic

field at fixed applied bias voltage. These Shubnikov-de Haas-like oscillations are

periodic in l/B with a period I/Brr which is inversely proportional to the space

charge in the well; this periodicity has been reported by a number of authors

[1-3]. The careful analysis of the magneto-oscillation spectrum reveals a second

peak, corresponding to a period that is related to the space charge in the

accumulation layer in front of the structure. This second peak has been reported

by Payling et al.[3,4]. In their description of the magnetospectrum, they start

from a sequential tunneling picture (4,5].

In this paper, we present a derivation of the magneto-spectrum based on the

description of electron transport as coherent wave propagation. To a great

extent, this derivation is independent of the specific model of the ID-tunneling

9This section was published as a paper: H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Tartwijk, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, 11Two-period magneto-oscillations in coherent double-barrier resonant tunneling", J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991), 4249-4256. References between square brackets []are listed on page 141.

Page 142: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

132

F'ig.1

Chapter 6

w

Conduction band minimum in the DBRT-strv.cture as a function of position z.

or oi the contact layers: for, both classically and quantum mechanically, the

influence of a magnetic field perpendicular to the layers is on the lateral motion

only. Thus, questions like wether the tunneling is or is not sequential, or wether

the Fermi level is or is not constant, do not affect the following presentation.

In a DBRT-structure, there will be a build-up of charge in three layers (See Fig.

1). In the emitter layer, an accumulation of electrons will give rise to a negative

charge density. Quantum mechanical tunneling enables the formation of an

electron gas, 2D in nature, within the well. Furthermore, the ionised doping in

the depleted collector layer provides a positive space charge. Since the laiter

density is determinable via overall charge neutrality considerations, we

concentrate on the electron densities in emitter and well. Our starting point is a well-known formula for the 3D electron concentration

n(r) at position r:

n(r) = Ik f[~] • 1wk(r)i2 (1)

Here, the 'lfk(r) are the envelope functions describing the electron states labeled

by k=(kuk1,kz). The function f(e,=(l+exp(~))-1 is the Fermi-Dirac distribution.

We take r=O to be the middle of the well. Two remarks should be made about

(1). First, the normalisation of the functions 'lfk(r) is with respect to the

reservoir, formed by the doped layers that sandwich barriers and well, Le. for

Page 143: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 133

large r, the electron concentration should equal the impurity density ND to

ensure charge neutral contacts. Secondly, the label k refers to the allowed states

in the reservoir. If we let the volume of the reservoir tend to infinity, the

Hamilton equation for the envelope functions [6]:

(2)

where Ec0 (r) is the conduction band minimum and A(r) is the vector potential,

related to the magnetic field B via B=VxA, has a continuous spectrum of

allowed electron energies Ek above the conduction band minimum Ec0(r) in the

reservoir.

Our first step is to cast (1) into a quasi 1D form. Let z be the direction

perpendicular to the barriers. A valid choice for the vector potential A is then

(-By,0,0), corresponding to V·A=O and VxA=(O,O,B). Because of the layered

structure, the band edge Eco depends on z only. Separation of variables is

possible:

(3)

replacing (2) by an equation for the lateral state Gk k (x,y) containing all field x y

dependence but no band edge:

~[<~Zx-eBy)2+(~)2]Gk k (x,y) = ~ k Gk k (x,y) (4a) xy xy xy

and an equation for the tunneling state Fk (z) containing the band edge but no z

field dependence:

(4b)

Mter substituting (3) in (1), we do the summation over kx and ky to introduce a

new weighing function g in which the density of the lateral states is incorporated:

(5)

Page 144: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

134 Chapter 6

so that (1) now reads:

(6)

.In the perfectly layered structures that we consider, g(x,y;E) will turn out to be

independent of the coordinates x and y, i.e. the electron concentration depends

on z only. Anticipating this, we will write g(E) in stead of g(x,y;E). The function

g( E) has the same weighing role as the Fermi-Dirac distribution function f( E),

but differs from the latter in having a dimension, the dimension of an areal

density. In (6), the ID tunneling described by the functions F1cz(z) is separated

from the effect of the lateral states, incorporated in g. A magnetic field in the

z-direction will introduce no direct changes to F k ( z), but affect only the z

weighing function g.

Our next step is to ensure that in the well only one kz (corresponding to the

resonance energy Er) is present. We indicate this wave number by kzr, leave out

for z=O all terms with kz#kzr• and write nwell = n(z=O) = g(E:fiEr 1·IFkzr{O)l2. This result can be improved by averaging n{z) over the z-interval (-w/2,+w/2),

where w is the well width. Also, the fmite width of the resonance level can be

taken into account, changing the factor I Fk {O) 12• However, the essence of our zr

result: the proportionality of nwell and g(EfiEF]:

1 [Eti:TEr] nwell"' vtg (7a)

will survive these modifications.

Contrary to the well, the emitter may contain electrons with any positive

energy Ek (upto Er at zero temperature). H we neglect the dependence of z

I Fk (z)l 2 on kz, i.e. if we take the reflection coefficient of the structure equal to z

unity, we find:

(7b)

With (7ab), the basis for our discussion of magneto-oscillations is la.id. The

electron concentration in the well depends on 11r=~if: via. the function g( e), which is the Fermi-Dirac distribution dressed with the density of lateral states. The

Page 145: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 135

latter density depends on the magnetic field strength. The electron concentration

in the emitter can be expressed as the integral of the same function, and depends

on the reduced Fermi energy 'f/=EF/kT.

Let us have a closer look at the function g(E), and work out (5) in the case of

zero magnetic field. The function Gk k (x,y) is then a plane wave (see ( 4a)), 2 x y

and the energy Ek k = k<kx2+ky2). Substitution thereof in (5) yields: x y

(8)

where Ne= [mkT ] 312

is the effective number of states in the conduction band per 2 ?rft2

unit volume (no spin degeneracy), and .5j( E) is the Fermi~Dirac integral of order

j [7]. Substitution of (8) in (7ab) yields:

(9a}

(9b)

The difference between (9a) and (9b) is the difference between a 2DEG and a

3DEG. In the case of B#O, we proceed in the same way. Now, the envelope function

in (4a) is essentially a Hermite polynomial H~u), and the energy is quantised

into equidistant levels:

where the quasi-continuous label ky is replaced by the non-negative integer l, expressing the quantising effect of the magnetic field. In fact, l labels the

so-ealled Landau levels of the energy associated with the lateral motion.

Substitution in (5) yields:

Page 146: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

136

Fig.2

0.2

0.1

";

iii le; 0 -.., G, c c

· 0·20~~-o~.1--~o.2--~0.30----,0~.4---='o.·s

1.0

0.5

0

I I

/'

I I I I I

118 (1/TI

I ·too~--0-.1~-~nz---o.~3 --o~.4-~o.s·

111! 11/Tl

Chapter 6

(a) The electron density nemitter as function of 1/B, relative to its value at zero magnetic fieltf. (see eq;{11) and {9}), at thr~e temperatures T=0.01K, ,j.2K and 77K respectively. {b) The same for 71.well· Er is taken to be 10meV and Eres=tE'r· mis 0.061 times the electron mass.

(10)

where O=TieB/mkT is the "reduced" magnetic field. Since now g depends also on

B or 0, an extra slot to g is added. Using (10) in (7ab), the electron

concentrations in emitter and well are found to be:

(lla).

Page 147: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 137

(llb)

In Fig. 2 the expressions of (11) are drawn for two values of the temperature.

Two limits of (11) can easily be evaluated. If 0<<1, Le. if the spacing between

the Landau levels is much smaller than kT, then the summation in (11) can be

replaced by an integration, so that the results of (9) are retrieved, as expected;

the effect of the magnetic field is effaced by the temperature. If, on the other

hand, 0>>1, we find:

Dwell "' ~· Nc2/3 0 Int[ rr;a. + t] (12a)

(12b)

The upper limit in the summation of (12b), fmax, is equal to Int[ fJ/0 - i ]. Int[x] denotes the integral part of x. The expressions in (12ab) are independent of

temperature. It is in this limit 0>>1 that the magneto-oscillations are easily

recognised: nwell is a decreasing function of j on every interval ~r < j < ~r' ~O; at j = ~r' however, nwen increases abruptly by Nc21s.m· Hence, the

resulting oscillations in nwell will have a. period ~r [8] as a function of j, corresponding to a period Jie/m(Er-Er) as a function of reciprocal field ft. Because the reciprocal period has the dimension of a magnetic field, we call it a

"fundamental field" [9], and denote it by Brr:

B _ m(EheEr) fr - {13a)

Eq. {12b) can be analysed in the same way: lmax is constant for¥< j < ~· ~O. Now, nemitter is continuous and not monotonous on this interval. However,

its first derivative is discontinuous a.t j = ¥1 ~O, and this results in

oscillations with period l/ 11, corresponding to a. period m~ in ft· The fundamental field, Br, is in this case:

Br=Wfr {13b)

Page 148: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

138 Chapter 6

Thus, the two quantities Br and Brr of (13ab) are a brief characterisation of the

magneto-oscillations in nemitter and nwelli respectively. Because the electron concentration in the collector is related to those in emitter and well via the

demand of charge neutrality, it will contain both periods. In the same way, the

capacitance of the DBRT-structure, measured as a function of inverse magnetic

field, will peak in its magneto spectrum at both Br and Brr-

Expressions for the fundamental fields were arrived at, considering only the

lateral motion, and assuming that Er and EF do not change with magnetic field.

We could abstain from considering the motion in the z-direction, i.e. from

specifying the factors of proportionality in (7ab). However, in order to couple the

fundamental fields to the external handle, the bias voltage V applied to the

DBRT-structure, we need to specify the model for tunneling and reservoirs. Let

us first look at what we might term a "metal picture" of the structure: the

Fermi level is determined by the impurity density in the doped contact layers,

and independent of V. The resonance level with respect to the band edge in the

well is a constant, E0 , determined by the structure parameters; with respect to

the band edge in the emitter, however, this level Er decreases with increasing V,

and if the effect of the charge in the well on the band bending is neglected, this

dependence is linear. Thus, in a metal picture, the function Br(V) is a constant

function, whereas Brr(V) is a linear function of V. Since, at zero temperature,

there is resonant charge build-up in the well only if O<Er<EF, the function

Brr(V) is only defined for the corresponding voltage interval, in which the field

increases from 0 to the constant Br. A remark about the condition that EF be independent of B, is in order: in a

metal picture of the contact layers, the electron concentration should equal the

ionised-impurity density, and if the latter does not depend on the magnetic

field, then the former will neither. Hence, magneto-oscillations will now not be

found in Ilemitter but in EF instead [10], and in such a way that (12b) is still valid. Since the oscillations in EF correspond to the. same fundamental field Br

[11], and since quantities like the capacitance or the current depend on EF, we

will still find the two periods derived above.

Characterising the contrasting "semiconductor picture11 by a voltage

dependent Fermi level EF(V), we now find an increasing function Br(V). Also in

this picture, Brr is defined on a small voltage interval only, the beginning of

which corresponds to Er=EF (i.e. Brr=O) and the end of which corresponds to

Er=O (i.e. Brr=Br). It is within this semi-conductor picture that our numerical

Page 149: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 139

Fig.3

0.15

3.35

3·250'-.1.:...:....L-...Lo.3_...___o,_.s _.__,.,.__,20'"--'.._,,.i.o_...__,60°

IJ8 IT" 1l Bf ITl

{a} Sheet density u~ of the charge in the left spacer as a function of 1/B at fixed bias voitage Vb= 0.156V, determined numerically with selfconsistent electrostatic feedback. Structure parameters: s1-b1-w-b2 = 2.5-5.6-5.0-.5.6nm; barrier height is ta.ken to be o,,14eV; m is 0.067 times the electron mass; Er=19.4 (GaAs - Alo.4Gao.6As values). {b) Its Fourier spectrum.

calculations for a symmetric GaAs/A10•4Gao.aAs structure are done [12]. By

assuming Er(V=O)=O, we neglect all doping effect on the Fermi level. Values of EF(V) for V#O are determined via the selfconsistency demand that V be equal to

the charge induced potential drop plus Er, neglecting however the potential

drops· in emitter and collector. These simplifications yield in general too large

values of EF and henc.e of Bf and Bfr (See Fig. 3). The lD-tunneling through the barriers is calculated in the Transfer Matrix Approach; the sharp peak in the

transmission probability is approximated by a Dirac-delta function with the

correct weight. In this way, the factor of proportionality in (7a}, (9a), (lla) or

(12a) is found to be 1<1-¥::M-i+Rc) , where Re and Re are the reflection coefficients of the emitter and collector barrier for a wave of energy Er. This

"storage factor" expresses the ability of the well to hold the charge: if ~l (at

low bias}, it is unity, but if Rc-+O (at higher biases), it approaches !(1-Re)<<l. In particular, when Re-il (i.e. when Er-10 and Bfr reaches its maximum), the

storage factor, and hence Ilwelh approaches zero. This is in contrast with a true 2DEG characterised by a storage factor of unity. There, the zero field-i:ero

temperature concentration is proportional to ~r (cf. (9a) and (13a)). Here, it is the decreasing storage factor, i.e. the leaky nature of the well, that frustrates such a linear relation between Bfr and the amount of space charge in the well

[13].

Page 150: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

140

Fig.4

Chapter 6

90 Q

Q

Q

Q

= 60 Q

of QQ

a; Q Q QQ

Q 30 Q

Q Q

Cl Cl Cl Q

Cl

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 M o.s V IVI

Inverse periods Br and Brr as functions of V. Structure parameters as in Fig.9.

A similar remark as for the metal picture must be made for the semi­

conductor picture: since both Er and nemitter appear in the selfconsistency

demand, we are not free to choose one of the two independent of B.

Consequently, both EF and nemitter exhibit magneto-oscillations, that are

restricted by (12b) only. Since also nwell appears in the selfconsistency demand,

the resulting oscillations in all three quantities will contain both periods 1/Br

and 1/Brr (See Fig. 4). In other words, it is the selfconsistency demand in the

semiconductor model, that effectuates the concurrence of the two fundamental

fields in the spectra of all quantities.

If we apply the above discussion to the experimental results of Refs. [3,4], we

find that, for the examined structures, the metal picture is most appropriate: the

slope of Br(V) is found to be smaller than 10-2 T/mV, corresponding to a change

in EF with V of 10-2 eV /V, too small for a pure semi-conductor model. For a

different type of structures, including spacers or moderately doped contact

layers, a semiconductor picture may be more favourable.

Since we started our discussion from coherent wave propagation, we cannot

compare our theory to the experiments of Ref.(14], where thermalisation plays

an essential role. There, the tunneling is not coherent, via a resonant state (i.e. a

state with energy that is positive with respect to the band edge in both emitter

and collector contact), but non-coherent or "sequential", via a "quasi-bound"

state (i.e. a state with energy that is negative with respect to the band edge in

one of the contacts). In the lightly doped emitter, a 2DEG builds up by

Page 151: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

M agneto-t'Unneling 141

thermionic processes, whereas in our coherent picture a 3DEG results (cf. (9)).

This indicates once more that our analysis is restricted to the low bias region.

Summarizing, we have demonstrated that coherent tunneling in a DBRT­

structure will lead to biperiodicity in the magneto-spectrum of charge and

current densities. In the low bias region, the 3D contact and the 2DEG in the

well each provides its own period. The selfconsistent electrostatic feedback

effectuates the appearance of both periods in all relevant quantities.

Acknowledgments - We would like to thank Professor L. Eaves for elucidating

discussions. This work is part of the research program of the Foundation for

Fundamental Research on Matter (FOM), which is financially supported by the

"Nederlandse Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek11 (NWO).

References

[1]. E.E. Mendez, L. Esaki and W.I. Wang, Phys. Rev. B 33 (1986) p.2893;

E.E. Mendez, in "Physics and Applications of Quantum Wells and

Superlattices111 eds. E.E. Mendez and K. von Klitzing, 1987, p.159.

[2]. V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58

(1987) p.1256; Phys. Rev. B 35 (1987) p.9387.

[3]. C.A. Payling, E. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes,

P.E. Simmonds, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, J. Physique C5

(1987) p.289.

[4]. C.A. Payling, E. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes,

P.E. Simmonds, F.W. Shea.rd, G.A. Toombs and J.C. Portal, Surf. Sci. 196 {1988) pA04.

[5]. F.W. Shea.rd and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) p.1228.

[6]. In writing down this effective mass equation, we neglect the spatial

variance of the effective mass m entirely. For an overview of the

difficulties that result when this simplification is avoided, see: R.A.

Morrow, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) p.4836.

[7]. In this paper, 8](77) is encountered for j=-!,O,+!. For definitions and

approximations of the integrals, see: J .S. Blakemore, Solid. State

Electronics 25 (1982) p.1067.

[8]. Here, the use of the word "period" does not imply invariance under translation, but the presence of a peak in the Fourier spectrum.

Page 152: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

142 Chapter 6

[9]. Notation and terminology are adopted from Ref.[4].

[10]. Even when nemitter is constant, the areal charge density in the emitter

will still fluctuate with changing B, due to a fluctuating screening length

for that layer.

[11]. With a field-dependent Fermi level Er(B), Eq.(13) is to be read as:

Br = mEr(O)/ti.e. [12]. For a detailed description of this model, see: H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F.

Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184 (1990) p.199; and

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta T33

{1990) p.219.

[13]. Surprisingly, this "coherent" storage factor coincides with the

"sequential" one as given by Sheard and Toombs (see eqs.(5) and (8) in

Ref.[5]), at least for Re and Re close to unity. However, since they regard this factor as independent of the bias voltage, in their theory a

proportionality between Bfr and nwell still holds. [14]. M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, F.W. Sheard, L.Eaves, M. Henini, O.H.

Hughes and G.A. Toombs, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 1 (1989) p.10605.

Page 153: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 143

6.3. Magneto-tunneling in double-barrier structures: the B .1. J configurationto

Abstract - The peak in the current-voltage (I-V) characteristic of a Double-Barrier Resonant- Tunneling structure is broadened and lowered by the application of a magnetic field parallel to the layers. The broadening of the peak is r linear in the field. The lowering is completed at a field strength term the quenching field. Both effects are described within a model of coherent tunneling in a selfconsistent potential. The calculated I-V curves agree nicely with experimental data.

I. INTRODUCTION

A Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling (DBRT) strueture is a well-known

example of the novel devices based on the vertical transport mechanism. The

possibility of carrying current is based on the existence of a resonant state due to

the quantum well between the two barriers. This state can be accessible to

electrons in the Fermi sea of the reservoirs, formed by the doped regions that

sandwich the DBRT structure. If we assume the tunneling to be coherent,

accessibility amounts to the demand that the energy of the resonant state is in the Fermi window of the reservoir. Since the resonance energy with respect to

the reservoir is tunable by applying a voltage difference across the structure,

there is always an interval of applied voltages where current is possible .. This

vertical transport mechanism is essentially one-dimensional. The lateral

dimensions only come into play at determining the density of states.

When we now apply a magnetic field to a DBRT structure, perpendicular to

the growth axis and parallel to the barrier layers, some basic aspects of the

above picture are changed. The tunneling is no longer dependent on the

transverse motion alone. Accessibility of the resonant state is determined by the

exchange of momentum between transverse and lateral directions effectuated by

the magnetic :field. This leads to a smaller current density at voltages where in

the zero-field case current was possible, since some of the formerly resonant

electrons are now :filtered out on the basis of their lateral motion. At voltages

where in the zero-field case no current was possible, however, there will now be

found some current density, since the magnetic field opens up the resonant

IOThis section was published as a paper: H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Tartwijk and D. Lenstra, 11Magneto-tunneling in double-barrier structures: the B.LJ con:figuration11

, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 4 (1992), 4125-4134. References between square brackets [ ] are listed on page 155.

Page 154: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

144 Chapter 6

channel for certain lateral momenta. In fact, the application of a perpendicular

field has made the tunneling into an essentially two-dimensional problem. In

comparison with the zero-field case, the resulting current peak is broadened and

lowered. The implications of the magnetic field can also be described in another way.

Let us introduce the difference between resonant states that are extended in both

reservoirs (and which we will call 'extended' states), and resonant states that are

evanescent in one of the two reservoirs (and which we will call 'semi-&tended'

states). The extended resonant states contribute to both the charge density in the well and the current density through the structure, whereas the semi­

extended resonant states contribute only to the charge density in the well. In the

zero-field case this distinction is not needed since all resonant states are

extended. The perpendicular field, however, introduces the transformation of

extended states into semi-extended ones, and the larger the applied field

strength, the more complete this transformation is. At a certain field strength,

all electrons are forced into semi-extended states, and hence the current will be

zero, irrespective of applied voltage. This effect of the magnetic field can be

called a quenching of the current, and the field strength above which this takes

place is named the quenching field.

Experimental evidence for these effects of the transverse magnetic field was

presented by Gueret et aL [1,2] and Ben Amor et al. [3,4], both of who reported a

broadening and lowering of the current peak. Some theoretical work along

semi-classical lines was done by Eaves et al. [5,6,7], whose distinction between

'traversing' and 'skipping' orbits parallels our extended/semi-extended states. A

quantummechanical approach was undertaken by Ancilotto [8], considering a

somewhat different structure (showing less interesting properties). We only

mention here the work of Platero et al. [9], that constitutes a totally different

approach.

In this paper, a quantum mechanical description of coherent resonant

tunneling in the presence of a perpendicular magnetic field is presented. Starting

from the Schrodinger equation (Section II), we derive expressions for the voltage

interval where resonant charge build-up takes place, and for the voltage interval

where resonant current is found (Section III). In Section IV, numerical results

are presented for GaAs/ AlGaAs based structures. Finally we will compare our

results with both experimental and theoretical studies (Section V).

Page 155: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 145

II. SCHRODINGER EQUATION WITH MAGNETIC FIELD

The usual way to introduce a magnetic field !} into the Schrodinger equation is

via the substitution ~ -1 ~1 + eA, where A is the vector potential, related to B }N TX. N N ' N

via B = VxA. Let us choose A to be defined by: N N N N

{

(0, 0 ,0) , z<O

~ = (0,-Bz,0) , O<z<L (0,-BL,O) , L<z

(1)

yielding a magnetic field in the x-direction of strength B if O<z<L, and of zero

strength outside this interval. Eq.(1) implies a Coulomb gauge ! · ~ = 0 and a coupling of the magnetic field to the y-<:omponent of the momentum only. This

choice for a magnetic field confined to the interval O<z<L agrees with the usual

and accepted approach in device modelling [1,5,6]. It is also supported by the

physical processes in the reservoirs, where the bulk scattering of carriers will

cause effective broadening of the Landau levels and, eventually a density of

states approaching the zero-field behaviour [5]. The value of L is thus expected

to be related to the mean free path of electrons in the reservoir. In this paper,

however, we will treat Las an extra parameter. Possibilities of determining L by

experiment will be discussed in Sect.V. The choice (1) has the advantage of

enabling a transfer matrix approach, with plane wave solutions in the reservoirs,

which are easy to interpret in terms of current density.

We insert the vector potential of (1) into the Schrodinger equation:

{2)

where '11(~) describes the electrons in the conduction band, m is the effective

mass of this l;>and and Ec0(z) is the band minimum. The z-axis is taken along

the growth direction. In general, the materials of the barriers and the well will

differ in both effective mass and band gap. We will however take into account

only the latter difference, and write Ec0(z), assuming m independent of z. In the

reservoir situated at z<O we have both Ec0(z)=O and ~(z)=g, so that the solutions of (2) are plane waves

exp(ikxx)·exp(ikyy)• [A·exp(ikzz) + B·exp(-ikzz)] at energy

E=~kx2+ky2+kz2). Since the Hamiltonian in {2) is invariant under translation

Page 156: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

146

Fig.1

Chapter 6

0.3

> 0.2 -:::> + 8 0.1 w

o.o

0 10 20 30 40

z (nm)

Potential energy of electrons in the DBRT-structure as a function of position z, drawn for three different values of ky {kp, o.4kp, -0.2kp). The applied voltage Va = 0 V, the magnetic field strength B = 5 T.

in the lateral directions, the wave number components kx and k1 (contrary to

kz) are constants of motion. Substituting for w(r) the factorization N

exp(ikxx)·exp(ik1y)-F(z) we have (2) to read:

-fni·~F(z) + Ec0(z)F(z) + U(z;k1,B)F(z) = (3)

where U(z;k1 ,B) is a potential energy term introduced by the magnetic field,

that is quadratic in z and Band linear in k1 (see Fig.l):

z<O

O<z<L

L<z

In absence of Ec0 (z) in (3), we would find for O<z<L that

(4)

F(z) = A'D11(() + B1D_11-1(i(), where D

11(() is the parabolic cylinder function,

11 = Mk2:~kz2) -1, and ( = J 2[B (z -!~Y) [10]. A restriction to non-negative

Page 157: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

M agneto-t'Unneling 147

integer v would render the well-known Landau levels. Usually, it is the

requirement for normalization on the z-interval (-ro,+m) that leads to this

quantization of energy [10]. However, since the quadratic potential in (4) applies

only to O<z<L, we have no Landau quantization in this tunneling problem, and

hence no Landau ·levels. Instead, we calculate the transmission and reflection

coefficients for incoming plane waves labeled with kz and scattered by a

ky~ependent potential. The eigen functions F(z;ky,kz) now depend on the

lateral momentum, in contrast to the zero-field case, although the eigenvalues

still depend on kz only. This means that (3) constitutes a tunneling problem

where we have to treat every combination (ky,kz) separately. The resulting

transmission and reflection coefficients will be functions of both transverse and

lateral momentum.

ill. VOLTAGE INTERVAL OF RESONANT CURRENT

To find the voltage interval where resonant charge build-up or current takes

place we make use of the fact that the resonant energy with respect to the band

minimum in the well is almost independent of the exact potential structure.

Hence we determine this energy E0 in the unbiased zero-field situation and treat

it as a constant. In this section, we also assume a constant electric field in the

structure, neglecting the effect of the charge build-up in the well on the band

bending. The potential energy in the well then equals -a·eVa, where Va is the

applied voltage and O<a<l depends on the structure parameters. For identical barriers, a = ,. Let us first consider the zero magnetic field case. For the

resonance energy to be in the Fermi window of the reservoir means:

0 < E0-a·eVa < EF , hence the voltage interval for resonant current and charge

build-up is: (E0-Er )/ea< Va< E0 /ea. In the case of a magnetic field, the potential term U(z;ky,B) of ( 4) should be

included, making these relations dependent on k1. Also, at fixed ky1 the possible

energies related to the transverse momentum are limited to

0 < li.2kz2/2m < EF-li.2ky2/2m, i.e. the window for the resonance energy is

reduced. The condition for resonant charge build-up therefore becomes:

(5)

where Zw is the position of the well. This can again be translated into a

corresponding voltage interval:

Page 158: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

148

Fig.2

~ >' >' >-:.

Chapter 6

0.4

0.2

0.0 '---'-~.l..--'-~.l..--'-.3o.....l..----L..~.l..--'-~.L_---'-___J

-1 0 1 0

!Vkp

1 0 1

Vadkv), Va2(kv) and Va3f'kv) for three different values of the magnetic field 'B {OT, ff.65T, 13.STJ. The states corresponding to points in the enclosed area contribute to the charge density in the well. The hatched area represents states that in addition contribute to the current through the structure.

(6)

that is sketched in Fig.2. For resonant current to flow, an additional condition

with no zero-field analogue is to be introduced. The transverse momentum in

the collector reservoir should be positive in order to enable an electron to

contribute to the current. This yields:

(7)

which is trivial for B=O. Translated in terms of Va, Eq.(7) reads:

(see Fig.2). If an electron state with momentum ky and resonant kz satisfies

Page 159: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 149

condition (6) but not (8), it contributes to the charge density in the well only.

This is a socalled 'semi-extended' state. If the electron state meets both

conditions (6) and (8), it contributes to both the charge and the current density,

and is called 'extended'. The voltage interval that results from (6) depends on ky. Thus, at a given

applied voltage V a.i (6) will be met by only a fraction of all ky-values. This

implies a decrease in charge density, compared with the zero-field case. Using

the fact that fi.2ky2/2m < EF, we can define voltage intervals where we have

taken into account the contributions of all ky. For the charge build-up this

means that we have to find the minimum of Va.1(ky), denoted by Va. 11 and the

maximum of V a.2(ky ), denoted by V a.2• The latter is equal to V a.2(-kF) for all

field strengths, kF being the Fermi wave number. For B < B0 = tik.F/ezw 1 Va.1 = Va.1(eBzw/fi). For larger field strengths, it is Va.1(+kF)· Hence, we find for the

sum of all ky-eontributions that, in order for the charge in the well to be nonzero

at Va• Ya should satisfy:

Va.1(B) <Va< Va.2(B)

(9)

These interval bounds as functions of B are shown in Fig.3a. From (9) we see

that dVa1/dB ~ 0 and dV a.2/dB > 0, hence both bounds are non-decreasing

functions of B. Since the upper bound increases faster, the total voltage interval

for charge build-up is broadened, see Fig.3b. For B ~ B0 this broadening is

linear in B: l::i. Va = Va.2 - Val = ezw24BB0/2ma = (2n.k:FZw/ma)- B. To find out whether also the total voltage interval for resonant current is

broadened, we have to take into account the effect of condition (8) on the

bounds. This is an easy but complicated matter, depending on a, zw/L and

Er /E0 • Therefore, we will only give the results for the special case that

(Zw/L)2 < a< zw/L and Er < E0/(1-2aL/zw+aL2/zw2). Since experimentally

a ::: i 1 Zw/L ::: i and E0 > > EF, this is the most relevant case. For small field

Page 160: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

150

Fig.3

Chapter 6

~ 0.3

0.8 >. . 0.2

~ >1 ii

I 0.1

>. 0.4 ~

>' 6 10

>':;, 0.2 arn

o.o 0 5 10 15

B (T)

cu cu (a) Vai{B} and Va2fB}, as well as VadBJ and Va2{B}. For Va between VatfB) and Va2(B) electrons can enter the well resonantly. For Va

cu cu between Va dB) and Va 2(B} they can leave the well at the collector side. {b) The width of the current peak t:,. Va::: Va2 - Vat as a junction of the magnetic field strength B.

strengths, we find the same bounds as in the charge build-up situation, as

expected. IC, however, B exceeds a value B_:

the lower bound is changed to:

cu 1 [ . ] Va 1(B) = "i;rr;=a - E0/e + eB2zw(L-zw)/2m ,

cu • whereas the upperbound remains unchanged, Va2(B) = Va2(B). This new lower

cu bound Va 1(B) increases more rapidly than the upper bound, so that a.t B = B+

the two bounds coincide and the voltage interval disappears completely.

Therefore, we say that the current is 'quenched' at B=B+ and we call this field

Page 161: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 151

Fig.4

40

30 -E c 20 -N 1st barrier

10

0

-400 -300 ·200 ·100 0

y (nm)

Classical trajectory of particle in crossed electric and magnetic field to illustrate the quenching field B. of Eq.(10). ky = - k, = -1.8· 108/m; B = B. = 1.4T.

strength B. the 'quenching field'. A particularly simple form for this quenching

field is obtained in the limit ~/E0-i0, i.e. in the case of a small well width:

-'Jd 2mE0 B. - e zw( L-zw,) (10)

The same expression is found for the special case that a = zw/L. Eq.(10) allows

a classical or geometric interpretation (see Fig.4): a particle having a transverse

momentum Pz = J 2mE0 at z = Zw will move along the curtate cycloid

y = iL(sinrp-cp) -!~~cp, z = !L(l-coscp) if B = B.. The general expression,

depending also on Er and a, lacks such a transparent interpretation.

In this section, we have demonstrated the lowering and broadening of the

current peak due to the application of a perpendicular magnetic field. We have

assumed that the resonance energy can be treated as a constant, a.nd that the

transmission peak has negligible width. We have only considered resonant

current a.nd charge build-up, and have ignored all demands of selfconsistency.

The quenching field, following from this analysis, is a consequence of the

transformation by the magnetic field of extended states into semi-extended ones.

Page 162: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

152

Fig.5

Fig.6

Chapter 6

25

20 tr E 15 < b ::::. ..,w 10

5

0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

v. (V)

1-V .curves for eight different values of the magnetic field strength B, resulting from selfconsistent calculations.

18

15 0.3V

tr 12 E < b 9 ::::. ..,w 6

3

10 20 30 40

magnetic field B (Tesla)

1-B curves for three values of the applied voltage Va, resulting from selfconsistent calculations.

Expressions for this field, calculated for the zero-temperature case; provide an

estimate for the length L over. which the magnetic field is effective. In the next

section, we present numerical calculations in which some of the above­

mentioned restrictions are avoided.

Page 163: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 153

IV. NUMERICAL RESULTS

To present 1-V curves for structures in a perpendicular magnetic field, numerical

calculations were done, assuming a GaAs/ AlGaAs structure characterized by an

effective mass of 0.067 times the free electron mass, and a band discontinuity of

0.44eV. Barrier widths are 5.6nm, the well is 5.0n.m wide. Details of the model

can be found in Refs.[11]. Here we only mention the adjustments to the magnetic

field situation. The Schrodinger equation (3,4) is quadratic in the coordinate z.

Its basic solutions can therefore be choosen to be parabolic cylinder functions

[10]. However, to avoid the difficulties inherent to working with these special

functions and to reduce computational time, we have approximated the potential

in each of the five layers (emitter, barrier, well, barrier, collector) by its average

value, thus obtaining plane waves at every position in the structure. This

apparently drastic approximation turns out to have little effect on the I-V

characteristics [12] while shortening calculations considerably. The length Lover

which the magnetic field is thought to be effective is taken to equal the structure

length [5]. The effect of the charge density in t.he well on the band bending is

taken into account selfconsistently. The main difference with the zero-field

ca.lculations is that the summation over the lateral momenta can now not be

done analytically, but necessitates an extra loop, enormously enlarging

computational times.

In Fig.5 a series of I-V curves is plotted for magnetic field strengths ranging

from ST to 30T. The lowering and broadening of the current peak, anticipated in

the previous section, are confirmed by the selfconsistent calculations. The

quenching field is more easily illustrated by the I-B curves of Fig.6. Here, the

effect of the charge build-up on the band bending is seen in the s:tn.all shift of the

quenching field to larger values for increasing applied voltage Va.· The value of

the quenching field, around 30T, may seem experimentally out of reach.

However, these unrealistically large fields are the. price we have to pay for the

simplification of equalling L with the structure length, thus greatly

underestimating L. Neglecting arguments of selfconsistency, we may say that the

quenching field is inversely proportional to L, so that a three times larger L

leads to fields that are accessible to experiment.

V. DISCUSSION

Nice agreement with the experimental findings of Ben Amor and coworkers [3,4]

Page 164: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

154 Chapter 6

is found. Their I-V curves (Fig.1 in Ref.[4]) agree well with the ones we present

in Fig.5. Also, the observed linear increase of the width of the current peak with

B [1,2,4] is confirmed by our analysis. For B0 < B < B. a linear relation holds

for the voltage interval width and the magnetic field strength, corresponding to

a slope that equals 211.krzw/ma. Taking zw/L =a, this agrees well with the results of Ref.[4]. For B < B0 a quadratic increase is predicted by Eq.(9), whereas for B > B. a change from increase to decrease is expected. These two

regions, however, a.re not covered by the experimental data. Because of a bad

choice of structure parameters, Ancilotto does not find a substantial broadening

of the current peak [8].

The decrease of the peak current with increasing magnetic field is found in all

experiments [1,4]. However, this decrease does not continue as to be expected in

our model. In fact, the peak current reaches a minimum a.round 16T for the

AllnAs/GalnAs structure [4], and around 5T for the GaAs/ AlGaAs structure

(see Fig.9 in Ref.[1]). This is thought to be an indication that coherent tunneling

cannot be the whole story [2]. Sequential effects, or better: inelastic scattering

processes, seem to be more important in GaAs/ AlGaAs than in AllnAs/GainAs.

As a consequence, the quenching field is not directly obtainable from

experiments. It can only be extrapolated from the initial decrease of the peak

current. However, the linear increase of the current width with magnetic field

still provides a means of estimating the length L, over which B is to be taken

into account [1]. In the GaAs/AIGaAs structure, L is found to be "'35nm [1], corresponding to a quenching field of about lOT. In the AllnAs/GalnAs sample,

the quenching field is larger due to a much smaller effective length L (8.5nm [4]).

The decrease of. the turn-on voltage Va1{B), reported in Ref.[4], is not

expected from our analysis (see {9)), nor confirmed by the measurements of

Ref.[1] or the analysis in Ref.[6]. However, the accuracy of the data supporting

this result in Ref.[4] is probably such that they could also support Leadbeater's

or our analysis. This minor point of difference does not affect the overall agreement.

The difference between extended and. semi-extended states, introduced in

Sect. III, is also met in Eaves et al. [7]. There, the two types of state are

associated with 'traversing' and 'skipping' orbits. The latter, interacting with

the emitter barrier only, contribute to the density in the well. In a traversing

state an electron is repeatedly reflected off both barriers. In the semi-classical

picture, the important length scale is set by the well width. In the quantum

Page 165: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

Magneto-tunneling 155

mechanical picture, this role is played by the effective length L. Although a

theory for L is missing, it is thought that L is related to the mean free path

rather than to the well width. Hence, both pictures may not be totally identical.

From the derivation of (9), it is clear that the expressions for Va1 and Va2

depend on the applied dispersion relation for the conduction band, in our model

a simply quadratic one. Inclusion of non-parabolicity or an energy-dependent

effective mass, or - in the case of holes - band mixing, will yield different

expressions for these quantities. Conversely, experimental determination of

quantities like Va1(B) and Va2(B} provides a powerful method for investigating

the dispersion curves [13].

Summarizing, we have presented a quantummechanical study of the effect of a transverse magnetic field on coherent resonant tunneling. The calculated I-V

curves agree nicely with experimental data. The quenching field, although

experimentally obscured by incoherent processes, is still a valuable quantity,

containing information about the resonance energy and the effective length L for the vector potential. The presented model provides a good description for

structures in whi.ch coherent tunneling is dominant.

Acknowledgements - We would like to thank H.P. Joosten for fruitful

discussions. This work is part of the research programme of the Foundation for

Fundamental Research on Matter (FOM), which is financially supported by the

'Nederlandse Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek' (NWO).

References

[1]. P. Gueret, C. Rossel, E. Marclay and H. Meier, J. Appl Phys. 66 (1989} p.278

[2]. C. Rossel, P. Gueret and H.P. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 67 (1990) p.900

(3]. S. Ben Amor, K.P. Martin, J.J.L. Rasco!, R.J. Higgins, A. Torabi, H.M.

Harris and C.J. Summers, Appl. Phys. Lett. 53 (1988) p.2540.

[4]. S. Ben Amor, J.J.L. Rasco!, K.P. Martin, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potter and

H. Hier, Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) p.7860

[5]. L. Eaves, K.W.H. Stevens and F.W. Sheard, in The physics and Fabrication of Microstructures and Microdevices, Springer Series in

. Physics 13 (1986) p.343.

Page 166: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

156 Chapter 6

(6]. M.L. Leadbeater, L.Eaves, P.E. Simmonds, G.A. Toombs, F.W. Sheard,

P.A. Claxton, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Solid State Electronics 31 (1988)

p.707.

[7]. L. Eaves, E.S. Alves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, C.A.

Payling, F.W. Sheard, G.A. Toombs, A. Celeste, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and

M.A. Pate, in High Magnetic Fields in Semiconductor Physics II, Ed. G.

Landwehr, Springer Verlag Heidelberg (1989) p.324. [8]. F. Ancilotto, J. Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 21 (1988) p.4657.

[9]. G. Platero, P.A. Schulz, L. Brey and C. Tejedor, Surf. Sci. 228 (1990)

p.291, and references therein.

[10]. See e.g. A. Erdelyi, W. Magnus, F. Oberhettinger and F.G. Tricomi, Higher Transcendental Functions 2, McGraw-Hill, New York 1953, p.116;

E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons,Inc. New York

1961, p.70; W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics, Theoretical Physics 1, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 1989, p.114.

[11]. H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184

(1990) p.199; H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys.

Scripta T33 (1990) p.219; H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Tartwijk,

H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991) p.4249.

[12]. See e.g. E.E. Mendez, in Physics and Applications of Quantum Wells and Superlattices, eds. E.E. Mendez and K. von Klitzing, Plenum Press New

York - London 1987, p.159.

[13]: L.A. Cury, A. Celeste, B. Goutiers, E. Ranz, J.C. Portal, D.L. Sivco and

A.Y. Cho, Superlattices and Microstructures 7 (1990) p.415; R.K.

Hayden, D.K. Maude, L. Eaves, E.C. Vala.dares, M. Henini, F.W. Sheard,

0.H. Hughes, J.C. Portal, and L. Cury, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991) p.1749.

Page 167: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

EVALUATION AND OUTLOOK

The DBRT model developed in the chapters 3 and 4 ha.s proved meritorious in

describing the diode's intrinsic bista.bility (chapter 4) and its behaviour under ac

conditions (chapter 5) and in configurations with magnetic fields (chapter 6).

Charge storage in the well ha.s been taken into account, and its effects on the

diode impedance ha.s been studied; the concepts of fundamental field and

quenching field have been included. Thus the model ha.s coupled simplicity with

the ability to incorporate new concepts a.nd to a.llow necessary extensions.

Ultimately the usefulness of the model is decided on by the numerical

agreement of its predictions with the experimental findings. However, the

physics of quantum devices is not yet a.t the stage where numbers ca.n put a. veto. The difficulty (and cha.llenge!) of this research programme is in the

entangling involvement of many physical phenomena.. Experimental data. for

their pa.rt a.re refined with every technological development, and the

Pea.k-to-Va.lley Ratio, frequency limit and output power are still going up. In

this situation, a. numerica.l accordance between theory and experiment ma.y be as

questionable and disquieting a.s a. discordance. The scattering para.meter 7

(section 3:6) ma.y serve as an example. Although it allows to fit any P.V.R., its

value ha.s to be adjusted with every new insight, and must hence remain

insignificant. An example of opposite character is the use of different effective

masses for the contacts and barriers. Regardless of the fit, this reflects a. real

157

Page 168: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

158 Evaluation and outlook

aspect of the physical situation.

The lines sketched in the first few chapters do not just support the simple

model calculations of the subsequent chapters, they also show ways how to go

beyond the present model. First of all, the band structures of the diode materials

are only poorly represented by parabolic conduction bands. Here the energy­

dependent mass of chapter 2 is a first attempt, promising in the case of electron

tunneling, to incorporate nonparabolicity effects within the framework of the

present theory. A logical sequel would be the inclusion of the valence band using

the full Kane method1• Intervalley tunneling, however, is clearly beyond the

local Kane method and, consequently, outside the scope of our model.

A second problem is posed by the accumulation region at the emitter side.

For the calculation of the subband energies, the Transfer Matrix Approach is

very inefficient and· has to be replaced by numerical integration methods2. A

general draw-back of the TMA is the fact that it is limited to simple potentials

(piecewise constant, linear) with known fundamental solutions (plane waves,

Airy functions). The determination of the subband occupation draws once again

attention to the problem of the coupling between structure and reservoir:

non-equilibrium considerations can be valued only at the cost of major changes.

For many applications, on the other hand, the Thomas-Fermi approximation of

chapter 4 gives a fair description of the potential distribution, as is shown from

the voltage-dependence of the fundamental field3•

The possibilities to incorporate scattering effects (elastic• and inelastic5) are

being explored successfully. For computational reasons these developments a.re

limited to rather simple structures. Experimentally a shift is observed towards

more complex devices, in which one or more DBRT structures a.re integrated&.

To the description of these and other multi-barrier structures the presented

model is very useful. These application-oriented studies a.re expected to take an

increasingly important pa.rt in future research on quantum devices.

1See Calvin Yi-Ping Chao and Shun Lien Chuang, Phys. Rev. B 43 (1991) 7027.

2T.G. van de Roer, 0. Abu-Zeid, H.C. Heyker, J.J.M. Kwa.spen, H.P. Joosten, H. Notebom, D. Lenstra. and M. Henini, Procs. 15th annual semicond. conf CAS 1992, Sinaia Romania, 1992; p.557.

3See Fig. 4.2 on page 77. 4H.C. Liu and D.D. Coon, J. Appl. Phys. 64 (1988) 6785. 5R.J.P. Keijsers, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra., unpublished, 1992. 6See section 1.1, and references therein.

Page 169: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

REFERENCES

S. Adachi, J. Appl. Phys. 58 (1985) Rl.

M. Altarelli, Phys. Rev. B 28 (1983) 842.

E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, F.W. Sheard

and G.A. Toombs, Electron. Lett. 24 (1988) 1190.

E.S. Alves, M.L. Leadbeater, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, A. Celeste,

J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Superlattices and Microstructures

5 (1989) 527.

· F. Ancilotto, J. Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 21 (1988) 4657.

N.W. Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, Solid state physics, 1976.

G.A. Bara.ff and J.A. Appelbaum, Phys. Rev. B 5 (1972) 475.

J. Bardeen, Phys. Rev. Lett. 6 (1961) 57.

G. Bastard, Phys. Rev. B 24 (1981) 5693.

G. Bastard, Phys. Rev. B 25 (1982) 7584.

G. Bastard, Wave mechanics applied to semiconductor heterostructures, Halst.ed

Press, 1988.

G. Bastard and J.A. Brum, IEEE J. Quant. Electron. QE-22 (1986) 1625.

S. Ben Amor, K.P. Martin, J.J.L. Rascol. R.J. Higgins, A. Torabi, H.M. Harris

and C.J. Summers, Appl. Phys. Lett. 53 (1988) 2540.

159

Page 170: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

160 References

S. Ben Amor, K.P. Martin, J.J.L. Rascol, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potter, A.A.

Lakhani and H. Hier, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 1908.

S. Ben Amor, J.J.L. Rascol, K.P. Martin, R.J. Higgins, R.C. Potter and H. Hier,

Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) 7860.

D.J. BenDa.niel and C.B. Duke, Phys. Rev. 152 (1966) 683.

J.S. Blakemore, Semicondv.ctor Statistics, New York: Pergamon, 1962.

J .S. Blakemore, Solid State Electron. 25 (1982) 1067.

D. Bohm, Quantv.m Theory, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1951.

S.M. Booker, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Superlattices and Microstructures

9 (1991) 111.

M.G. Boudreau and H.C. Liu, Superlattices and Microstructures 8 (1990) 429.

L. Brey, G. Platero and C. Tejedor, Phys. Rev. B 38 (1988) 10507.

E.R. Brown, C.D. Parker and T.C.L.G. Sellner, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 934.

E.R. Brown, T.C.L.G. Sellner, C.D. Parker, W.D. Goodhue and C.L. Chen,

Appl. Phys. Lett. 55 (1989) 1777.

M. Bilttiker, Y. Imry, R. Landauer and S. Pinhas, Phys. Rev. B 31 (1985) 6207.

M.G. Burt, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 3 (1988) 739.

M. Cahay, M. McLennan, S. Datta and M.S. Lundstrom, Appl. Phys. Lett. 50

(1987) 612.

Calvin Yi-Ping Chao and Shun Lien Chuang, Phys. Rev. B 43 (19Dl) 7027.

F. Capasso, in: Physics of q'IJ.Q,ntum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin:

Springer, 1990; p.l.

L.L. Chang, L. Esaki and R. Tsu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 24 (1974) 593.

L.Y. Chen and C.S. Ting, Phys. Rev. B 43 (1991) 2097.

D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Bandara and H. Zhao, Appl. Phys. Lett. 54 (1989) 2115.

D.D. Coon, K.M.S.V. Bandara and H. Zhao, Appl. Phys. Lett. 55 (1989) 2453.

D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Solid State Commun. 55 (1985) 339.

D.D. Coon a.nd H.C. Liu, J. Appl. Phys. 58 (1985) 2230.

D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985) 172.

D.D. Coon and H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 49 {1986) 94.

L.A. Cury, A. Celeste, B. Goutiers, E Ranz, J.C. Portal, D.L. Sivco and A.Y.

Cho, Superlattices and Microstructures 7 (1990) 415.

J. Cuypers, Scattering of electrons at heterostructure interfaces, Ph.D. thesis,

Eindhoven, 1992.

J. Cuypers and W. van Haeringen, Physica B 168 {1991) 58.

Page 171: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

References 161

S.K. Diamond, E. Ozbay, M.J.W. Rodwell, D.M. Bloom, Y.C. Pao and J.S.

Harris, Appl. Phys. Lett. M (1989) 153.

R. Dingle, W. Wiegmann and C.H. Henry, Phys. Rev. Lett. 33 (1974) 827.

M. Dobers, F. Matcher, G. Lommer, K. von Klitzing, U. R.Ossler, K. Ploog and

G. Weimann, in: High magnetic fields in semiconductor physics II, ed.

G. Landwehr, Berlin: Springer, 1989, p.386.

C.B. Duke, Tunneling in solids, Solid State Phys. Suppl. 10, New York:

Academic, 1969.

L. Eaves, in: Analogies in optics and microelectronics, eds. W. van Haeringen

and D. Lenstra, Kluwer, 1990; p.227.

L. Eaves, E.S. Alves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, M.L. Leadbeater, C.A. Payling,

F.W. Sheard, G.A. Toombs, A. Celeste, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A.

Pate, in: High magnetic fields in semiconductor physics II, ed. G.

Landwehr, Berlin: Springer, 1989; p.324.

L. Eaves, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, in: Band structure engineering in semicond'UCtor microstroctures, eds. R.A. Abram and M. Jaros,

NATO-ASI, 1989; p.149.

L. Eaves, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, in: Physics of quantum electron devices, eds. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990; p.107.

L. Eaves, K.W.H. Stevens and F.W. Sheard, in: The physics and fabrication of microstroctures and microdevices, eds. M.J. Kelly and C. Weisbuch,

Berlin: Springer, 1986; p.343.

R. Eppenga, M.F.H. Schuurmans and S. Colak, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 1554.

A. Erdelyi, W. Magnus, F. Oberhettinger and F.G. Tricomi, Higher transcen­dental functions 2, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1953.

L. Esaki, IEEE J. Quant. Electron. QE-22 (1986) 1611.

L. Esaki, in: Proc. Srd Int. Symp. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Tokyo:

Phys. Soc. Jap., 1990; p.369.

L. Esaki and L.L. Chang, Phys. Rev. Lett. 33 (1974) 495.

L. Esaki and R. Tsu, IBM Research Note RC-2418 (1969).

L. Esaki and R. Tsu, IBM J. Res. Develop. 14 (1970) 61.

D.K. Ferry, in: Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin:

Springer, 1990; p.77.

H.A. Fertig and S. Das Sarma, Phys. Rev. B 40 (1989) 7410.

H.A. Fertig, S. He and S. Das Sarma, Phys. Rev. B 41 (1990) 3596.

Page 172: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

162

W.R. Frensley, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 1570.

W.R. Frensley, Appl. Phys. Lett. 51 (1987) 448.

References

W.R. Frensley, in: Nanostructure Physics and fabrication, eds. M.A. Reed and

W.P. Kirk, San Diego: Academic, 1989.

S. Gasiorowicz, Quantum physics, New York: Wiley, 1981.

J.M. Gering, D.A. Crim, D.G. Morgan, P.D. Coleman, W. Kopp and H. Morkoc;,

J. Appl. Phys. 61 (1987) 271.

V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. B 35 (1987) 9387.

V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 58 (1987)

1256.

V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, J. Physique C5 (1987) 463.

V.J. Goldman, D.C. Tsui and J.E. Cunningham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 59 (1987}

1623.

W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer, 1989.

P. Gueret, C. Rossel, E. Marclay and H. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1987} 279.

P. Gueret, C. Rossel, W. Schlup and H.P. Meier, J. Appl. Phys. 66 (1987) 4312.

W. van Baeringen and D. Lenstra eds., Analogies in optics and microelectronics, Kluwer, 1990.

W. van Baeringen and D. Lenstra eds., Proc. Int. Symp. Analogies in optics and microelectronics, North-Holland, 1991.

P.J. van Ball and J.B. Wolter, Superlattices and Microstructures 8 (1990) 305.

R.K. Hayden, D.K. Maude, L. Eaves, E.C. Valadares, M. Henini, F.W. Sheard,

O.H. Hughes, J.C. Portal and L. Cury, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991)

1749.

Y. Imry, in: Directions in condensed matter physics, eds. G. Grinstein and G.

Ma.zenko, Singapore: World Scientific, 1986; p.101.

R.-J.E. Jansen, B. Farid and M.J. Kelly, Physica B 175 (1991) 49.

K.L. Jensen and F.A. Buot, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 (1991) 1078.

W. Jones and N.H. March, Theoretical solid state physics, Vol.I, New York:

Dover, 1973.

M. Jonson and A. Grincwajg, Appl. Phys. Lett. 51 ( 1987} 1729.

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Notebom and D. Lenstra, Internal Report, Eindhoven

University of Technology, 1989.

Page 173: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

References 163

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184 (1990).

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, J. Appl. Phys. 70

(1991) 3141.

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Physica B 175

{1991) 297.

E.O. Kane, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 1 {1956) 83.

E.0. Kane, in: Handbook on semiconductors, Vol. I, Amsterdam: North

Holland, 1982; ch. 4A.

R.J.P. Keijsers, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, unpublished (1992).

C. Kittel, Quantum theory of solids, New York: Wiley, 1963.

N.C. Kluksdahl, A.M. Kriman, D.K. Ferry and C. Ringhofer, Phys. Rev. B 39

(1989) 7720.

R. Landauer, in: Localization, interaction and transport phenomena, eds. B.

Kramer, G. Bergmann and Y. Bruynserade, Heidelberg: Springer,

1985; p.38.

R. Landauer, in: Analogies in optics and microelectronics, eds. W. van

Haeringen and D. Lenstra, Kluwer, 1990; p.243.

Landolt-Bornstein New Series III/17a, Berlin: Springer, 1982.

M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, 0.H. Hughes, F.W. Sheard

and G.A. Toombs, Semicond. Sci. Technol. .3 (1988) 1060.

M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, F.W. Sheard, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes

and G.A. Toombs, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 1 (1989) 10605.

M.L. Leadbeater, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, A. Celeste,

J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Phys. Rev. B 39 (1989) 3438.

M.L. Leadbeater, L. Eaves, P.E. Simmonds, G.A. Toombs, F.W. Sheard, P.A.

Claxton, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, Solid State Electron. 31 (1988) 707.

D. Lenstra and R.T.M. Smokers, Phys. Rev. B 38 (1988) 6452.

J. Leo and A.H. MacDonald, Phys. Rev. Lett. 64 (1990) 817.

I.M. Lifshits, S.A. Gredeskul and L.A. Pastur,. Introduction to the theory of disordered systems, 1988.

D. Lippens, J.L. Lorriaux, 0. Vanbesien and L. de Saint Pol, in: Proc. 16th Int. Symp. on Gallium arsenide and related compounds 1989, Bristol: IOP,

1990; p.813.

D. Lippens and P. Mounaix, Electron. Lett. 24 (1988) 1180.

H.C. Liu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 453.

Page 174: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

164 References

H.C. Liu and D.D. Coon, J. Appl. Phys. 64 (1988) 6785.

H.C. Liu, D. Landheer, M. Buchanan, and D.C. Houghton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52

(1988) 1809.

P.-0. Lowdin, J. Chem. Phys. 19 {1951) 1396.

S. Luryi, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 {1985) 490.

J.M. Luttinger and W. Kohn, Phys. Rev. 97 (1954) 869.

E.E. Mendez, in: Physics and applications of quantum wells and superlattices, eds. E.E. Mendez and K. von Klitzing, New York: Plenum, 1987;

p.159.

E.E. Mendez, E. Calleja and W.I. Wang, Phys. Rev. B.34 (1986) 6026.

E.E. Mendez, L. Esaki and W.I. Wang, Phys. Rev. B 33 (1986) 2893.

E.E. Mendez, W.I. Wang, B. Ricco and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 47 (1985)

415.

J. Menendez, A. Pinczuk, D.J. Werder, A.C. Grossard and J.H. English, Phys.

Rev. B 33 {1986) 8863.

E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics, New York: Wiley, 1961.

H. Mizuta and C.J. Goodings, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991) 3739.

R.A. Morrow, Phys. Rev. B 36 (1987) 4836.

R.A. Morrow and K.R. Brownstein, Phys. Rev. B 30 (1984) 678.

N.F. Mott and H. Jones, The theory of the properties of metals and alloys, Oxford University Press, 1936.

L. Nordheim, Ann. Physik 9 (1931) 607; 641.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta. T33 (1990) 219.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten, D. Lenstra. and K. Kaski, SPIE Vol. 1675 Quantum WeU and 811.perlaUice Physics IV, 1992; p.57.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Ta.rtwijk, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra., J.

Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991) 4249.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Ta.rtwijk and D. Lenstra, J. Phys.: Condens.

Matter 4 (1992) 4125.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Superlattices and

Microstructures (1993), in print.

H. Ohnishi, T. Ina.ta, S. Muto, N. Yokoyama. and A. Shiba.tomi, Appl. Phys.

Lett. 49 (1986) 1248.

Page 175: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

References 165

R.H. Parmenter, Phys. Rev. 97 (1955) 587.

C.A. Payling, E. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E.

Simmonds, J.C. Portal, G. Hill and M.A. Pate, J. Physique CS (1987)

289.

C.A. Payling, E.S. Alves, L. Eaves, T.J. Foster, M. Henini, O.H. Hughes, P.E.

Simmonds, F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Surf. Sci. 196 (1988) 404.

M.A. Payne, J. Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 19 (1986) 1145.

G. Platero, L. Brey and C. Tejedor, Phys. Rev. B 40 (1989) 8548.

G. Platero, P.A. Schulz, L. Brey and C. Tejedor, Surf. Sci. 228 (1990) 291.

Y. Rajaka.runanayake and T.C. McGill, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 5 (1987) 1288.

S.S. Rhee, J.S. Park, R.P,G. Karunasiri, Q. Ye and K.L. Wang, Appl. Phys.

Lett. 53 (1988) 204.

B. Ricco and M.Ya. Azbel, Phys. Rev. B 29 (1984) 1970.

B.K. Ridley, Qu.ant'll.m processes in semicond'll.ctors, Oxford: Clarendon, 1988.

T.G. van de Roer, H.C. Heyker, L.M.F. Kaufmann, J.J.M. Kwaspen, M.

Schem.mann, H.P. Joosten, D. Lenstra, H. Noteborn, M. Henini and

O.H. Hughes, Procs. 16th Int. Symp. on GaAs and related compounds 1989, Bristol: IOP, 1990; p.831.

T.G. van de Roer, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H. Joosten, H. Notebom, D. Lenstra and M.

Henini, Physica B 175 (1991) 301.

T.G. van de Roer, 0. Abu-Zeid, H.C. Heyker, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H.P. Joosten,

H. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M. Henini, Procs. 15th ann'll.al semicond. conf. GAS 1992, Sinaia Romania, 1992; p.557.

L.M. Roth, B. Lax and S. Zwerdling, Phys. Rev. 114 (1959) 90.

J.O. Scanlan, Analysis and synthesis of t'll.nnel diode circuits, New York: Wiley,

1966.

M.F.H. Schuurmans and G.W. 't Hooft, Phys. Rev. B 31 (1985) 8041.

K. Seeger, Semicond'll.ctor Physics, Berlin: Springer, 1989.

F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Appl. Phys. Lett. 52 (1988) 1228.

F.W. Sheard and G.A. Toombs, Solid-State Electron. 32 (1989) 1443.

T.C.L.G. Sollner, Phys. Rev. Lett. 59 (1987) 1622.

T.C.L.G. Sollner, E.R. Brown, W.D. Goodhue and H.Q. Le, Appl. Phys. Lett.

50 (1987) 332.

T.C.L.G. Sollner, E.R. Brown, W.D. Goodhue and H.Q. Le, in: Physics of q'll.an­tv.m electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer, 1990; p.147.

Page 176: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

166 References

T.C.L.G. Sollner, W.D. Goodhue, P.E. Ta.nnenwald, C.D. Parker and D.O.

Peck, Appl. Phys. Lett 43 (1983) 588.

T.C.L.G. Sollner, P.E. Tannenwald, D.D. Peck and W.D. Goodhue, Appl. Phys.

Lett. 45 (1984) 1319.

L. Solymar, Supercond:uctive tunneling and applications, London: Chapman and

Hall, 1972.

S.M. Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, New York: Wiley, 1969.

G.A. Toombs and F.W. Sheard, in: Electronic properties of multilayers and low-dimensional semiconductor structures, eds. J.M. Chamberlain et

al., New York: Plenum (Proc. NATO-AS!), 1990; p.257.

R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 19 (1971) 246.

R. Tsu and L. Esaki, Appl. Phys. Lett. 22 {1973) 562.

T. Weil and B. Vinter, Appl. Phys. Lett. 50 {1987) 1281.

C. Weisbuch and C. Hermann, Phys. Rev. B 15 (1977) 816.

C. Weisbuch, in: Semiconductors and semimetals 24, ed. R. Dingle, San Diego:

Academic, 1987; p.1.

S.R. White and L.J. Sham, Phys. Rev. Lett. 47 (1981) 879.

X. Wu and S.E. Ulloa, Phys. Rev. B 44 (1991) 13148.

N. Yokoyama, S. Muto, H. Ohnishi, K. Imamura, T. Mori and T. Inata, in:

Physics of quantum electron devices, ed. F. Capasso, Berlin: Springer,

1990; p.253.

H.M. Yoo, S.M. Goodnick and J.R. Arthur, Appl. Phys. Lett. 56 (1990) 84.

A. Zarea, A. Sellai, M.S. Raven, D.P. Steenson, J.M. Chamberlain, M. Henini

and O.H. Hughes, Electron. Lett. 26 (1990) 1522.

B. Zimmerman, E. Ma.relay, M. Ilegems and P. Gueret, J. Appl. Phys. 64 {1988)

3581.

Page 177: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

SUMMARY

Not only has the miniaturization penetrated the field of micro-electronics to the

point that the quantum character of matter has to be reckoned with, but also

there is nowadays a new class of semiconductor structures, the operation of

which is directly based on quantum mechanical phenomena such as tunneling.

These developments are interesting both from the viewpoint of applications and

for reasons of theoretical modeling. An important class of these nanostructures is

constituted by the heterojunction superlattices having two or more barriers, the

shortest of which - the Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling (DBRT) diode -

has been chosen for a model system in our study.

An interesting property of DBRT structures is the negative differential

resistance (NDR) in the current-voltage characteristics, making them useful

components in amplifiers, mixers and detectors. If the structure parameters a.re

chosen favourably, the charge build-up in the well between the barriers is

sufficiently substantial to give cause to a current bistability in the NDR region.

In this thesis, a DBRT model is presented, in which the electric current is

considered a tunnel current of coherently propagating electron w.aves between

two reservoirs. Varying the external bias voltage, one ca.n tune the resonance

energy in the well with respect to the Fermi seas in the reservoirs. The

167

Page 178: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

I

168 Summary

electrostatic feed-back due to the charge displacements in the structure is taken

into account in the Hartree approximation. Both the NDR and the bistability

are within the domain of this model.

This simple DBRT model, containing in broad outline all the relevant

physics, has been the starting point for investigating more complex

configurations. It has been extended to situations with magnetic fields, parallel

or perpendicular to the barrier layers. In the parallel configuration, magneto­

oscillations in the current at fixed bias arise as a function of the magnetic field.

From the spectrum of these oscillations, the charge densities in the well and the

accumulation layer can be determined. In the perpendicular configuration, a

shift of the current peak position is worked out, that is proportional to the field

strength. The peak height decreases to disappear at a so-called quenching field,

proportional to the square root of the resonance energy.

The stability of the static (de) solutions is investigated by using a small

signal analysis. In addition, this approach yields an impedance model and an

equivalent circuit for the DBRT diode, allowing us to study the dynamical

behaviour of the diode and the effect of the external circuit on the frequency

characteristic.

Numerical calculations based on the presented model agree with the

experimental findings on trends and order of magnitude. Quantitative agreement

can be improved by using non-parabolic bands and by enlarging the model to

include the contact regions. An outlook to further research developments

concludes the thesis.

Page 179: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

SAMENV A 'ITING

Niet alleen is de miniaturisering in de micr~lectronica zover doorged.rongen

dat rekening gehouden moet worden met het quantummechaniscbe karakter van

de materie, maar ook worden er tegenwoordig halfgeleiderstructuren ontworpen en gef'abriceerd, waarvan de werking direct gebaseerd is op quantummecbaniscbe

verschijnselen zoals bijvoorbeeld tunneling. Deze ontwikkeling is interessant zo­

wel vanuit bet oogpunt van de toepassingen, als vanuit de theoretische modelle­ring. Een belangrijke klasse van deze nano-structuren vormen de zogenaamde

beterojunctie-superroosters met twee oi meer barrieres, waarvan de kortste, de

"Double-Barrier Resonant-Tunneling" (DBRT) diode, a1s modelsysteem in onze

studie is gekozen. Een interessante eigenschap van DBRT structuren is de negatieve

differentiele weerstand (NDR) in de stroom-spanningskarakteristiek, die ze

geschikt maa.kt als componenten van versterkers, mixers en detectoren. Bij

gunstig gekozen structuurparameters is de ladingsopbouw in de put tussen de

barrieres zo belangrijk, dat ze aanleiding geeit tot een bistabiliteit in de stroom in bet NDR interval.

In dit proeischriit wordt een model voorgelegd, waarin de electriscbe stroom

wordt beschreven als een tunnelstroom van coherent propagerende electron-

169

Page 180: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

170 Samenvatting

golven tussen twee reservoirs. Door de uitwendig aa.ngelegde spanning te

va.rieren, kan de resonantie-energie in de put afgestemd worden ten opzichte va.n

de beide Fermi-zeeen in de reservoirs. De electrostatische terugkoppeling als

gevolg van de ladingsbewegingen in de structuur wordt in de Hartree-bena.dering

meegenomen. Zowel de NDR a.ls de bistabiliteit kunnen met dit model goed

beschreven worden.

Dit eenvoudige DBRT model dat de releva.nte fysica in eerste aa.nzet beva.t,

heeft als uitgangspunt gediend voor de bestudering va.n uitgebreider

configuraties. Zo is het geschikt gema.a.kt voor situa.ties met ma.gneetvelden,

parallel aa.n of loodrecht op de barriere-lagen. In het parallelle geval treden er

magneto--oscillaties op in de stroom bij vaste spanning a.ls functie van het

magneetveld. Uit het spectrum va.n deze oscillaties kunnen de ladingsdichtheden

in de put en in de accumula.tielaag worden bepa.ald. In de loodrechte configuratie

vindt men een verschuiving, evenredig met de veldsterkte, van de positie va.n de

stroompiek. De piekhoogte neemt af en verdwijnt geheel bij een zogenaamd

uitdoofveld, dat evenredig is met de wortel uit de resona.ntie-energie.

De sta.biliteit va.n de statische (de) oplossingen is onderzocht met behulp van

een kleine-signaala.nalyse. Bovendien levert deze aa.npa.k een impedantiemodel en

een verva.ngingsschema voor de DBRT-diode op. Hiermee is het tijda.fhankelijke

gedrag van de diode en de invloed van de toevoerkring op de frekwentie­

ka.rakteristiek bestudeerd.

Numerieke berekeningen gebaseerd op het beschreven model komen goed

overeen met experimentele bevindingen in trends en orde van .grootte.

Qua.ntita.tieve overeenstemming kan worden verbeterd door gebruik te ma.ken

van niet-parabolische ban.den, en door uitbreiding va.n het model met een

beschrijving van de contactla.gen. Een a.a.ntal suggesties voor verder onderzoek

besluit het proefschrift.

Page 181: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, Thin Solid Films 184 (1990).

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, J. Appl. Phys. 70

(1991) 3141.

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Physica B 175

(1991) 297.

H.P. Joosten, H.J.M.F. Noteborn, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Superlattices and

Microstructures 12 (1992) 53.

R.J.P. Keijsers, H.J.M.F. Noteborn and D. Lenstra, unpublished (1992).

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, Phys. Scripta T33 (1990) 219.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten, D. Lenstra and K. Kaski, SPIE Vol. 1675

Quantum Well and Superlattice Physics IV, 1992; p.57.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Tartwijk, H.P. Joosten and D. Lenstra, J.

Phys.: Condens. Matter 3 (1991) 4249.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, G.H.M. van Tartwijk and D. Lenstra, J. Phys.: Condens.

Matter 4 (1992) 4125.

H.J.M.F. Noteborn, H.P. Joosten, K. Kaski and D. Lenstra, Superlattices and

Microstructures (1993), in print.

H.J.M.F. Notebom, D. Lenstra and W. van Haeringen, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 37

E22 10 (1992); p.245.

T.G. van de Roer, H.C. Heyker, L.M.F. Kaufmann, J.J.M. Kwaspen, M.

Schemmann, H.P. Joosten, D. Lenstra, H. Noteborn, M. Henini and

O.H. Hughes, Procs. 16th Int. Symp. on Ga.As and related compounds 1989, Bristol: IOP, 1990; p.831.

T.G. van de Roer, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H. Joosten, H. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M.

Henini, Physica. B 175 (1991) 301.

T.G. van de Roer, 0. Abu-Zeid, H.C. Heyker, J.J.M. Kwaspen, H.P. Joosten,

H. Noteborn, D. Lenstra and M. Henini, Procs. 15th annual semicond. con/ CAS 1998, Sinaia Romania, 1992; p.557.

171

Page 182: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

· STELLINGEN behorende bij het proefschrift van

Harry Noteborn

Eindhoven, 7 mei 1993

1. De foutievel vertaling in Richteren 4:21 van het hebreeuwse raqqah met

"slaap2 (van het hoofd)" verdoezelt de sexuele geladenheid van de betreffende

bijbeltekst.

1Mimi Deckers-Dijs, "Begeerte in bijbelse liefdespoezie", Kampen: Kok, 1991. M. Rozelaa.r, Amsterdamse cahiers voor exegese en bijbelse theologie 7 (1986) 123. 2Nederlands Bijbelgenootschap, "Bijbel; Nieuwe Vertaling", 1951.

2. Dat Deutero-Jesaja niet in maar pas na de ballingschap schreefl, betekent

slechts een kleine verandering van de chronologie, maar een aardverschuiving

in het verstaan van wat bijbelse profetie inhoudt.

1H. Leene, Amsterdamse cahiers voor exegese en bijbelse theologie 8 {1987) 28.

3. Uit de weergave van het Franse conception virginale - zes maal "onbevlekte

ontvangenis", een maal "maagdelijke geboorte" - in de Nederlandse versie

van Rene Girard, Des choses cachees depuis la fondation du monde, blijkt dat

de vertalers geen weet hebben van het verschil tussen het algemeen christe­

lijk belijden aangaande de maagdelijke geboorte van Christus, en het puur

rooms-katholieke dogma van de onbevlekte ontvangenis dat op Maria betrek­

king heeft.

R. Gira.rd, "Wat vanaf het begin der tijden verborgen was ... ", Kampen: Kok Agora, 1990; p.267vv.

Page 183: Quantum tunneling transport of electrons in double ... · PDF fileQUANTUM TUNNELING TRANSPORT OF ELECTRONS IN DOUBLE-BARRIER HETEROSTRUCTURES theory and modeling PROEFSCHRIFT ter verkrijging

4. De recente rehabilitatie1 van Galileo Galilei door het Vaticaan moet, gezien

de wetenschappeliJ1ce aanvechtbaarheid van zijn Copernicanisme2 en de theo­

logische onhoudbaarheid van zijn atomisme3, veeleer gezien worden a1s een

kerkstrategisch gebaar in de richting van de katholieke intelligentsia.

1Dagblad Trouw, 31 oktober 1992; p.1. 2p, Feyerabend, "Against Method", 1975; ch.6-12. 3p, Redondi, 11Ga.lilei, ketter", Amsterdam: Agon, 1989.

5. Wie zijn boek1 over natuurkunde 11De bouwstenen van de schepping" noemt,

sticht een creationistische2 verwarring.

1G. •t Hooft, "De bou wstenen van de schepping", Amsterdam: Prometheus, 1992. 2c. Houtman, S. de Jong, A.W. Musschenga en W.J. van der Steen, "Schepping en evolutie:. het creationisme een alternatief?", Kampen: Kok, 1986.

6. Artikel VIlI.2 van de concept-kerkorde1 van de Verenigde Reformatorische

Kerk in Nederland laat met zijn retorische 11voor wie en door wie" de moge­

lijkheid van de kinderdoop open, en miskent dus (in niet geringer mate dan

artikel XV van de Hervormde Kerkorde uit 19512) het beslissingskarakter

van de doop3• Aangezien het rechte verstaan van de doop van cruciaal belang

is voor het !even en werken van de gemeente, maakt het ontbreken hiervan in

de concept-kerkorde deze als 11kanaal voor het belijden en het besturen11 vol­

strekt ondeugdelijk.

1Werkgroep Kerkorde SoW, "Concept-kerkorde van de Verenigde Reforma.torische Kerk in Nederland", Driebergen, oktober 1992. 211 Kew:e uit de kerorde", •s-Gravenha.ge: Boekencentrum, 1984.

3K. Barth, "Die Taufe a.ls Begriindung des Christlichen Lebens", Kirchliche Dogmatik

IV /4, Ziirich: EVZ-Verlag, 1967.

7. Tegen ouders die de autorijles van hun kind willen betalen, moet de mogelijk­

heid van juridische dwang worden overwogen. Men kan bepleiten de daders

tijdelijk van de ouderlij1ce macht te ontheffen.

Vergelijk dagblad Trouw, 25 september 1992; p.4, waarin de mening van mr. J.E. Doek over polio-va.ccinatie wordt weergegeven. 1992 telde enkele tientallen poliogevallen; voor 1991 kwam het CBS uit op 48672 verkeerssla.chtoffers.


Recommended